Observations upon military & political affairs written by the Most Honourable George, Duke of Albemarle, &c. ...
         Albemarle, George Monck, Duke of, 1608-1670.
      
       
         
           1671
        
      
       Approx. 213 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 85 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2004-11 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A26617
         Wing A864
         ESTC R22335
         12488190
         ocm 12488190
         62313
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A26617)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 62313)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 302:8)
      
       
         
           
             Observations upon military & political affairs written by the Most Honourable George, Duke of Albemarle, &c. ...
             Albemarle, George Monck, Duke of, 1608-1670.
             Heath, John, 17th cent.
          
           [9], 151, [11] p. : ill.
           
             Printed by A.C. for Henry Mortlocke ... and James Collins ...,
             London :
             1671.
          
           
             "To the Most Sacred Majesty of Charles II" signed: John Heath.
             Errata: p. [9] at beginning.
             Reproduction of original in Harvard University Libraries.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Military art and science -- Early works to 1800.
        
      
    
     
        2004-03 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2004-03 Apex CoVantage
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2004-08 Olivia Bottum
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2004-08 Olivia Bottum
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2004-10 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           OBSERVATIONS
           UPON
           Military
           &
           Political
           AFFAIRS
           .
        
         
           Written
           by
           the
           MOST
           HONOURABLE
           GEORGE
           Duke
           of
           Albemarle
           ,
           &c.
           
        
         
           
             Published
             by
             Authority
             .
          
        
         
           
             LONDON
             ,
          
           Printed
           by
           
             A.
             C.
          
           for
           
             Henry
             Mortlocke
             ,
          
           at
           the
           White-Hart
           in
           
             Westminster-Hall
             ,
          
           and
           
             Iames
             Collins
             ,
          
           at
           the
           Kings
           Arms
           in
           
             Ludgate-Street
             ,
          
           1671.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           TO
           THE
           MOST
           SACRED
           MAJESTY
           OF
           Charles
           the
           II.
           By
           the
           Grace
           of
           God
           King
           of
           
             Great
             Britain
             ,
             France
             ,
          
           and
           
             Ireland
             ,
          
           &c.
           
        
         
           
             DREAD
             SOVEREIGN
             ,
          
        
         
           THIS
           Book
           humbly
           addresseth
           it self
           unto
           Your
           Royal
           Patronage
           ,
           upon
           Accompt
           both
           of
           the
           
             Work
             ,
          
           and
           the
           
             Author
             .
          
           Mines
           
           of
           Gold
           and
           Silver
           bear
           a
           Value
           ,
           which
           appropriates
           them
           to
           the
           Crown
           ,
           wheresoever
           they
           be
           found
           .
           Here
           is
           a
           Treatise
           of
           Warfare
           and
           State-Policy
           ,
           brought
           
             Ex
             umbra
             in
             Solem
             ;
          
           and
           bearing
           a
           special
           reference
           to
           your
           Sovereign
           Majesty
           ,
           from
           whom
           both
           the
           
             Sword
             ,
          
           and
           the
           
             Gown
          
           derive
           their
           lawful
           Power
           and
           Authority
           .
        
         
           The
           great
           
             Instrument
          
           of
           Your
           Majesty's
           
             MOST
             MEMORABLE
             RESTAURATION
          
           fitly
           appeareth
           
             Author
          
           of
           this
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           Wherein
           he
           hath
           left
           his
           Important
           
             Observations
             ,
          
           for
           preparing
           others
           after
           him
           to
           serve
           Your
           Majesty
           
             Domi
             Militiaeque
             .
          
        
         
           Singular
           Success
           following
           long
           Exercise
           
           in
           Martial
           Offices
           Advanced
           this
           Person
           :
           That
           it
           may
           reasonably
           be
           doubted
           of
           him
           ,
           
             Fortiorne
             an
             felicior
             esset
             .
             Valour
          
           and
           
             Sufferance
          
           he
           is
           pleased
           to
           call
           the
           two
           Chief
           Parts
           of
           a
           Souldier
           .
           Both
           these
           signally
           concurring
           in
           himself
           ,
           were
           wrought
           up
           at
           length
           to
           that
           just
           Composition
           ,
           
             Imperator
             bonus
             ,
             idemque
             robustus
             miles
             .
          
           Neither
           may
           I
           omit
           ,
           that
           in
           fighting
           he
           came
           nearest
           the
           way
           of
           the
           Antient
           Romans
           ,
           
             Presso
             gradu
             ,
             ac
             stabili
             pugna
             cominus
             rem
             gerere
             .
          
        
         
           And
           when
           he
           had
           leasure
           from
           
             Arms
             ,
          
           his
           
             Pen
          
           was
           busied
           in
           Compiling
           this
           
             Platform
             of
             Military
             Conduct
             ,
          
           being
           a
           Collection
           of
           his
           Reading
           and
           Experience
           together
           .
           It
           was
           written
           five
           and
           twenty
           years
           since
           ,
           
           and
           sent
           from
           the
           Author
           then
           Prisoner
           in
           the
           
             Tower
             ,
          
           unto
           the
           Lord
           Viscount
           
             Lisle
             .
          
           So
           that
           it
           will
           admit
           almost
           the
           same
           Epilogue
           ,
           that
           
             Ammianus
             Marcellinus
          
           makes
           to
           his
           History
           ,
           
             Haec
             ut
             miles
             quondam
             —
             Pro
             virium
             explicavi
             mensura
             ,
          
           &c.
           
        
         
           After
           the
           Duke
           of
           
             Albemarle's
          
           Decease
           ,
           I
           had
           the
           Honour
           to
           be
           Publisher
           of
           his
           Manuscript
           ,
           conferr'd
           upon
           me
           by
           the
           Favour
           of
           my
           Lord
           
             Lisle
             .
          
           In
           whose
           hands
           it
           hath
           been
           faithfully
           preserved
           ,
           as
           a
           true
           
             Picture
          
           of
           the
           Author
           drawn
           by
           himself
           :
           whereof
           let
           me
           only
           say
           ,
           
             Ex
             pede
             Herculem
             .
          
           And
           so
           I
           leave
           him
           
             Inter
             Ingentes
             Bellorum
             Animas
             .
          
        
         
           God
           Almighty
           multiply
           his
           Manifold
           Blessings
           upon
           Your
           Majesty's
           
           Royal
           Person
           ,
           Family
           ,
           and
           Government
           ,
           unto
           the
           attaining
           of
           all
           Happiness
           ;
           which
           is
           the
           fervent
           Prayer
           of
        
         
           
             Your
             Sacred
             Majesties
             Most
             Humble
             ,
             Loyal
             ,
             and
             Obedient
             Subject
             ,
             JOHN
             HEATH
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           ERRATA
           .
        
         
           PAge
           13.
           
           Line
           15.
           dele
           
             the
             ,
          
           p.
           28.
           l.
           2.
           for
           
             sl
             .
          
           r.
           
             slit
             ,
          
           p.
           33.
           l.
           4.
           r.
           
             set
             down
             ,
          
           p.
           48.
           l.
           5.
           r.
           
             Carthrages
             ,
          
           p.
           69.
           l.
           ●
           .
           dele
           
             Kt.
             Kt.
          
           ●
           .
           114.
           l.
           3.
           for
           
             possessed
          
           r.
           
             passed
             ,
          
           p.
           116.
           
           &
           117.
           for
           
             Circumvolation
          
           r.
           
             Circumvallation
             ,
          
           toties
           quoties
           .
           p.
           127.
           l.
           27.
           after
           
             with
             them
             ,
          
           make
           a
           period
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           OBSERVATIONS
           UPON
           Military
           &
           Political
           AFFAIRS
           .
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               I.
            
             Some
             Observations
             concerning
             a
             Souldiers
             Profession
             and
             his
             Duty
             .
          
           
             THE
             Profession
             of
             a
             Souldier
             is
             allowed
             to
             be
             lawful
             by
             the
             Word
             of
             God
             ;
             and
             so
             Famous
             and
             Honourable
             amongst
             Men
             ,
             that
             Emperours
             and
             Kings
             do
             account
             it
             a
             great
             honour
             to
             be
             of
             the
             Profession
             ,
             and
             to
             have
             experience
             in
             it
             ;
             and
             next
             under
             God
             ,
             the
             Profession
             of
             a
             Souldier
             doth
             rule
             or
             over
             rule
             the
             greatest
             part
             
             of
             the
             World.
             He
             that
             chooseth
             the
             Profession
             of
             a
             Souldier
             ,
             ought
             to
             know
             withal
             ,
             Honour
             must
             be
             his
             greatest
             wages
             ,
             and
             his
             Enemy
             his
             surest
             Pay-master
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             two
             things
             that
             cause
             men
             to
             be
             desirous
             of
             this
             Profession
             ;
             the
             first
             is
             ,
             Emulation
             of
             Honour
             ;
             the
             next
             is
             ,
             the
             hopes
             they
             have
             by
             Licence
             to
             do
             Evil.
             As
             the
             aims
             of
             the
             first
             are
             Virtuous
             ,
             so
             will
             they
             do
             good
             service
             :
             the
             other
             by
             strict
             Discipline
             ,
             may
             be
             brought
             to
             do
             good
             Service
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             obedient
             Souldiers
             ;
             but
             if
             that
             Discipline
             be
             neglected
             ,
             then
             they
             prove
             the
             ruine
             of
             an
             Army
             .
          
           
             Let
             a
             Souldiers
             Resolution
             be
             never
             so
             great
             ,
             and
             his
             Courage
             invincible
             in
             the
             day
             of
             Battel
             ,
             yet
             if
             he
             faint
             under
             the
             burthen
             of
             such
             tediousness
             as
             usually
             attendeth
             upon
             warlike
             designments
             ,
             he
             is
             no
             way
             fit
             for
             enterprise
             :
             because
             the
             two
             chief
             parts
             of
             a
             Souldier
             are
             
               Valour
            
             and
             
               Sufferance
               ;
            
             and
             there
             is
             as
             much
             Honour
             gained
             by
             suffering
             Wants
             patiently
             in
             the
             War
             ,
             as
             by
             fighting
             Valiantly
             ;
             and
             as
             great
             Atchievements
             effected
             by
             the
             one
             ,
             as
             by
             the
             other
             .
             It
             is
             no
             virtue
             ,
             but
             a
             weakness
             of
             the
             mind
             ,
             not
             to
             be
             able
             to
             endure
             want
             a
             little
             while
             :
             and
             yet
             it
             is
             an
             easier
             matter
             to
             find
             men
             that
             will
             offer
             themselves
             willingly
             to
             Death
             ,
             than
             such
             as
             will
             endure
             Labour
             with
             patience
             .
          
           
             The
             greatest
             virtue
             which
             is
             required
             in
             a
             Souldier
             is
             Obedience
             ,
             as
             a
             thing
             wherein
             the
             force
             of
             all
             Discipline
             consisteth
             .
          
           
             A
             Souldier
             must
             be
             always
             ready
             to
             confront
             extremity
             of
             Danger
             ,
             with
             extremity
             of
             Valour
             ,
             and
             overtop
             fury
             with
             an
             higher
             resolution
             .
          
           
             A
             Souldier
             should
             always
             respect
             courses
             of
             Honour
             ,
             and
             the
             Publick
             good
             ,
             above
             his
             own
             safety
             :
             and
             ought
             to
             fear
             nothing
             but
             God
             and
             Dishonour
             .
             Let
             
             every
             Souldier
             arm
             his
             mind
             with
             hopes
             ,
             and
             put
             on
             Courage
             :
             whatsoever
             disaster
             falleth
             ,
             let
             not
             his
             heart
             sink
             .
             The
             passage
             of
             Providence
             lieth
             through
             many
             crooked
             ways
             .
             A
             despairing
             heart
             ,
             is
             the
             true
             Prophet
             of
             approaching
             evil
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               II.
            
             Some
             Observations
             upon
             War
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Profession
             of
             a
             Souldier
             .
          
           
             PEace
             ,
             Fulness
             ,
             Pride
             ,
             and
             War
             ,
             are
             the
             four
             Fellies
             ,
             which
             being
             let
             into
             one
             another
             ;
             make
             the
             Wheel
             ,
             that
             the
             Times
             turn
             on
             ;
             and
             after
             a
             long
             Scene
             of
             Peace
             ,
             War
             ever
             entreth
             the
             Stage
             .
          
           
             The
             causes
             of
             all
             Wars
             may
             be
             reduced
             to
             six
             heads
             ;
             Ambition
             ,
             Avarice
             ,
             Religion
             ,
             Revenge
             ,
             Providence
             ,
             and
             Desence
             .
          
           
             War
             ,
             the
             Profession
             of
             a
             Souldier
             ,
             is
             that
             of
             all
             others
             ,
             which
             as
             it
             conferreth
             most
             Honour
             upon
             a
             man
             who
             therein
             acquitteth
             himself
             well
             ;
             so
             it
             draweth
             the
             greatest
             infamy
             upon
             him
             who
             demeaneth
             himself
             ill
             .
             For
             one
             fault
             committed
             can
             never
             be
             repaired
             ,
             and
             one
             hour
             causeth
             the
             loss
             of
             that
             reputation
             ,
             which
             hath
             been
             thirty
             years
             acquiring
             .
          
           
             In
             matter
             of
             War
             ,
             there
             is
             such
             a
             medly
             ,
             and
             interlacing
             of
             material
             circumstances
             with
             the
             body
             of
             the
             action
             ,
             that
             commonly
             one
             business
             begetteth
             another
             .
             No
             Science
             ,
             or
             Faculty
             whatsoever
             in
             multitude
             of
             parts
             may
             any
             way
             be
             comparable
             to
             the
             Art
             
             Military
             ;
             wherein
             every
             small
             ,
             and
             unrespected
             circumstance
             quite
             altereth
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             Action
             ,
             and
             amongst
             the
             variable
             events
             of
             War
             ,
             many
             unexpected
             occasions
             arise
             ,
             which
             give
             present
             Victory
             to
             him
             that
             is
             ready
             to
             take
             it
             :
             and
             many
             strange
             chances
             so
             alter
             the
             course
             of
             things
             ,
             that
             no
             foresight
             can
             discern
             what
             may
             happen
             .
          
           
             War
             beginneth
             when
             one
             party
             listeth
             ,
             but
             it
             endeth
             when
             the
             adverse
             party
             pleaseth
             .
          
           
             War
             is
             in
             the
             same
             nature
             with
             Offences
             ,
             
               Necesse
               est
               ut
               veniant
               ,
            
             they
             must
             be
             ,
             but
             they
             are
             mightily
             in
             fault
             that
             cause
             them
             .
          
           
             Yet
             in
             those
             Wars
             whose
             ends
             are
             to
             defend
             your
             own
             Possessions
             ,
             or
             to
             recover
             them
             being
             lost
             ,
             or
             where
             Necessity
             striketh
             up
             her
             hard
             Alarms
             ,
             or
             wronged
             Religion
             beateth
             her
             zealous
             Marches
             ,
             go
             on
             and
             prosper
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               III.
            
             Some
             Observations
             of
             an
             Offensive
             VVar
             ,
             and
             Conquering
             of
             Countries
             .
          
           
             AN
             Offensive
             War
             will
             keep
             you
             from
             Civil
             War
             at
             home
             ,
             and
             make
             you
             feared
             of
             your
             Enemies
             ,
             and
             beloved
             of
             your
             Friends
             ,
             and
             keepeth
             your
             Gentry
             ,
             and
             Commons
             from
             laziness
             ,
             and
             all
             sorts
             of
             Luxury
             .
             But
             here
             you
             must
             note
             ,
             to
             entertain
             a
             Forein
             War
             ,
             is
             not
             good
             to
             be
             observed
             ,
             but
             by
             such
             Kingdoms
             and
             States
             that
             are
             able
             to
             go
             thorough
             with
             their
             Designs
             they
             undertake
             .
             Because
             
             as
             a
             Foreign
             War
             is
             necessary
             for
             Rich
             and
             Potent
             Kingdoms
             and
             States
             ;
             so
             it
             is
             hurtful
             to
             Petty
             Kingdoms
             and
             States
             :
             for
             being
             too
             weak
             to
             gain
             by
             it
             ,
             they
             will
             in
             the
             end
             ,
             but
             lose
             their
             design
             ,
             their
             Honours
             ,
             and
             Monies
             ,
             and
             impoverish
             themselves
             ,
             and
             increase
             their
             Enemies
             .
             It
             is
             not
             for
             Kings
             and
             States
             to
             undertake
             a
             troublesome
             and
             dangerous
             War
             upon
             an
             humour
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             slender
             motion
             :
             but
             diligently
             weighing
             the
             circumstances
             thereof
             ,
             and
             measuring
             the
             peril
             and
             hazard
             with
             the
             good
             consequents
             ,
             to
             inform
             their
             Judgments
             of
             the
             Action
             ,
             and
             so
             try
             whether
             the
             Benefit
             would
             answer
             their
             Labour
             .
             They
             ought
             likewise
             to
             be
             well
             informed
             of
             the
             greatness
             and
             riches
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             the
             quality
             and
             strength
             of
             the
             People
             ,
             their
             use
             of
             War
             ,
             and
             the
             opportunity
             of
             their
             Havens
             .
             And
             he
             that
             maketh
             an
             Offensive
             War
             ,
             must
             so
             proceed
             therewith
             ,
             that
             he
             be
             sure
             to
             keep
             what
             he
             getteth
             ,
             and
             to
             enrich
             ,
             not
             impoverish
             his
             own
             Countrey
             .
             For
             he
             that
             doth
             increase
             his
             Dominions
             ,
             and
             yet
             groweth
             not
             in
             Strength
             ,
             must
             needs
             go
             to
             wrack
             .
             Now
             those
             grow
             not
             strong
             who
             grow
             poor
             in
             the
             Wars
             ,
             although
             they
             prove
             Victorious
             :
             because
             their
             Conquests
             do
             cost
             them
             more
             than
             they
             get
             by
             them
             .
             This
             errour
             many
             run
             into
             by
             not
             knowing
             how
             to
             limit
             their
             hopes
             ;
             and
             so
             grounded
             on
             their
             own
             vast
             conceits
             ,
             without
             weighing
             their
             strength
             ,
             they
             are
             utterly
             ruined
             .
             For
             Conquests
             ,
             not
             having
             Power
             answerable
             to
             their
             Greatness
             ,
             invite
             new
             Conquerours
             to
             the
             ruine
             of
             the
             old
             .
          
           
             That
             Prince
             who
             putteth
             himself
             upon
             an
             Offensive
             War
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             Master
             of
             his
             Enemy
             in
             Shiping
             ,
             Purse
             ,
             and
             Men
             ;
             or
             at
             least
             in
             Shipping
             and
             Purse
             :
             or
             else
             he
             must
             see
             some
             Garboils
             in
             the
             State
             which
             he
             assaileth
             .
             And
             he
             ought
             to
             be
             called
             
             thither
             by
             a
             party
             ;
             otherwise
             it
             would
             be
             a
             rash
             Enterprise
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             make
             any
             attempt
             upon
             any
             Forein
             Countrey
             ,
             the
             first
             thing
             you
             ought
             to
             do
             ,
             is
             to
             take
             some
             Sea.
             Town
             that
             hath
             a
             convenient
             Harbour
             ,
             and
             that
             lieth
             nearest
             the
             greatest
             City
             in
             that
             Countrey
             ,
             in
             which
             you
             make
             your
             War.
             This
             Town
             you
             ought
             to
             secure
             and
             harbour
             very
             well
             with
             good
             works
             :
             and
             take
             care
             that
             it
             be
             very
             well
             Victualled
             ,
             before
             you
             advance
             further
             into
             the
             Countrey
             with
             your
             Army
             .
             So
             this
             Town
             will
             serve
             to
             keep
             your
             Provisions
             for
             your
             Magazines
             :
             and
             being
             well
             provided
             of
             Victual
             ,
             will
             serve
             upon
             occasion
             to
             make
             good
             your
             retreat
             .
             For
             having
             once
             gotten
             possession
             of
             a
             Sea.
             Town
             ,
             and
             having
             well
             Fortified
             and
             Victualled
             the
             same
             ,
             you
             have
             one
             foot
             on
             Land
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             on
             Sea.
             
          
           
             Having
             fortified
             a
             place
             for
             your
             Magazine
             ,
             and
             your
             Retreat
             ,
             advance
             with
             your
             Army
             unto
             the
             chief
             City
             in
             the
             Countrey
             .
             By
             which
             means
             you
             will
             soon
             force
             your
             Enemy
             to
             Battel
             ;
             and
             if
             you
             win
             the
             Battel
             ,
             and
             follow
             your
             Victory
             close
             ,
             you
             may
             gain
             the
             chief
             City
             of
             the
             Countrey
             ,
             either
             by
             Composition
             ,
             or
             Assault
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             not
             Fortified
             ;
             or
             before
             your
             Enemy
             be
             able
             to
             relieve
             it
             ,
             you
             may
             be
             able
             to
             starve
             it
             .
             But
             in
             case
             you
             do
             not
             prevail
             to
             be
             Master
             of
             the
             chief
             City
             ,
             either
             by
             Composition
             ,
             or
             Assault
             ;
             then
             ought
             you
             strongly
             to
             intrench
             two
             thousand
             Foot
             ,
             and
             five
             hundred
             Horse
             in
             a
             Quarter
             :
             and
             so
             Fortifying
             one
             Quarter
             after
             another
             with
             your
             Army
             ,
             until
             you
             have
             intrenched
             so
             many
             several
             Quarters
             ,
             as
             you
             think
             may
             be
             sufficient
             to
             keep
             the
             City
             from
             Provisions
             .
             And
             then
             ,
             if
             you
             think
             fit
             ,
             you
             may
             run
             Lines
             from
             one
             Quarter
             to
             another
             .
             And
             having
             strongly
             Intrenched
             that
             part
             
             of
             your
             Army
             that
             is
             quartered
             about
             the
             City
             ,
             draw
             the
             rest
             of
             your
             Army
             into
             a
             Body
             ,
             and
             intrench
             them
             in
             some
             place
             near
             the
             Town
             ,
             where
             you
             think
             it
             most
             convenient
             to
             meet
             with
             any
             Enemy
             ,
             that
             may
             come
             to
             the
             relief
             of
             it
             .
             You
             ought
             likewise
             to
             use
             the
             best
             means
             you
             can
             for
             intelligence
             ,
             and
             continually
             to
             send
             out
             Parties
             of
             Horse
             several
             ways
             ,
             that
             when
             any
             Enemy
             approacheth
             near
             you
             ,
             you
             may
             be
             in
             a
             readiness
             to
             fight
             with
             him
             .
             If
             you
             come
             to
             be
             Master
             of
             the
             Chief
             City
             of
             a
             Kingdom
             ,
             or
             Country
             ,
             I
             account
             that
             Kingdom
             ,
             or
             Country
             more
             then
             half
             won
             .
          
           
             The
             surest
             way
             to
             keep
             that
             Country
             you
             Conquer
             in
             Obedience
             to
             you
             ,
             will
             be
             to
             oppress
             them
             as
             little
             as
             may
             be
             (
             especially
             at
             first
             )
             either
             in
             their
             Purses
             ,
             Consciences
             ,
             or
             Laws
             .
             He
             that
             obtaineth
             a
             Kingdom
             with
             the
             Rupture
             of
             his
             Faith
             ,
             hath
             gained
             the
             Glory
             of
             a
             Conquest
             ,
             but
             lost
             the
             Honour
             of
             a
             Conquerour
             .
             But
             you
             ought
             to
             disarm
             them
             ,
             and
             take
             Pledges
             of
             them
             for
             their
             Obedience
             ,
             the
             which
             must
             be
             kept
             in
             your
             own
             Country
             .
             You
             ought
             also
             to
             employ
             in
             your
             Garrisons
             all
             the
             Gun-Smiths
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             Salt-petre-men
             that
             you
             find
             in
             the
             Country
             you
             have
             Conquered
             ;
             and
             to
             take
             into
             your
             hands
             all
             the
             Powder
             and
             Brimstone
             you
             find
             ;
             and
             destroy
             all
             the
             Powder-Mills
             that
             are
             out
             of
             your
             own
             Garrisons
             .
          
           
             When
             it
             shall
             happen
             that
             you
             are
             to
             Conquer
             a
             Country
             that
             doth
             afford
             Covert
             ,
             and
             Protection
             to
             an
             Enemy
             ,
             who
             is
             more
             malicious
             than
             valorous
             ,
             and
             through
             the
             fastness
             of
             the
             place
             refuseth
             to
             shew
             himself
             ,
             unless
             it
             be
             upon
             advantages
             ;
             the
             War
             doubtless
             is
             likely
             to
             prove
             tedious
             ,
             and
             the
             Victory
             less
             Honourable
             .
             In
             such
             cases
             there
             is
             no
             other
             way
             ,
             than
             so
             to
             harrass
             and
             waste
             the
             Country
             ,
             that
             the
             
             Enemy
             may
             be
             famished
             out
             of
             his
             Holds
             ,
             and
             brought
             to
             subjection
             by
             scarcity
             ,
             and
             necessity
             :
             which
             is
             a
             means
             so
             powerful
             as
             well
             to
             supplant
             the
             greatest
             strengths
             ,
             as
             to
             meet
             with
             Subterfuges
             and
             Delays
             ,
             that
             of
             it self
             it
             subdueth
             all
             opposition
             ,
             and
             needeth
             no
             other
             help
             for
             atchieving
             of
             Victory
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             much
             better
             for
             a
             Prince
             to
             invade
             an
             Enemy
             in
             his
             own
             Country
             ,
             than
             to
             attend
             him
             at
             home
             in
             his
             own
             Kingdom
             ;
             if
             so
             be
             that
             he
             hath
             competent
             Forces
             to
             give
             him
             hopes
             of
             doing
             good
             upon
             his
             Enemy
             .
             For
             the
             seat
             of
             War
             is
             always
             miserable
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               IV.
            
             Some
             Observations
             upon
             a
             Defensive
             VVar.
             
          
           
             THE
             best
             way
             to
             prevent
             any
             attempts
             of
             any
             Foreign
             Enemy
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             able
             and
             ready
             to
             resist
             their
             Designs
             ;
             and
             the
             best
             way
             to
             do
             that
             ,
             is
             to
             have
             a
             good
             Rich
             Publick
             Treasure
             before-hand
             ,
             and
             your
             people
             continually
             well
             trained
             up
             in
             Martial
             Discipline
             .
          
           
             When
             you
             foresee
             that
             an
             Enemy
             is
             resolved
             to
             set
             upon
             your
             Country
             to
             conquer
             it
             ,
             and
             if
             your
             Enemy
             be
             so
             much
             Master
             of
             you
             at
             Sea
             ,
             that
             you
             fear
             the
             shutting
             up
             of
             your
             Havens
             by
             his
             Shipping
             ,
             then
             ought
             you
             to
             provide
             your
             Magazines
             extraordinarily
             well
             with
             Ammunition
             ,
             Arms
             ,
             and
             Salt
             ,
             and
             great
             store
             of
             Brimstone
             ,
             Salt-petre
             ,
             and
             Salt-petre-men
             ,
             and
             to
             have
             Powder-Mills
             in
             all
             your
             Chief
             Towns
          
           
             In
             the
             beginning
             of
             a
             Defensive
             War
             ,
             if
             you
             meet
             
             with
             a
             powerful
             Enemy
             ,
             and
             foresee
             that
             the
             War
             is
             likely
             to
             last
             long
             ,
             then
             it
             will
             be
             wisdom
             in
             you
             to
             entertain
             some
             Forein
             Nation
             :
             But
             you
             must
             be
             careful
             to
             entertain
             none
             of
             those
             Nations
             who
             serve
             in
             your
             Enemies
             Army
             ,
             unless
             they
             be
             such
             as
             are
             of
             a
             contrary
             Religion
             to
             your
             Enemy
             ;
             to
             the
             end
             that
             you
             may
             spare
             your
             own
             Nation
             as
             much
             as
             may
             be
             :
             Provided
             always
             you
             have
             mony
             to
             pay
             them
             punctually
             ;
             otherwise
             they
             may
             prove
             dangerous
             to
             you
             .
             And
             I
             would
             wish
             you
             by
             no
             means
             to
             keep
             them
             longer
             than
             you
             have
             mony
             to
             pay
             them
             :
             for
             if
             you
             do
             ,
             you
             will
             find
             they
             will
             prove
             more
             your
             Enemies
             than
             your
             Friends
             .
             Likewise
             you
             must
             be
             careful
             to
             entertain
             no
             more
             Strangers
             ,
             than
             you
             are
             well
             able
             to
             Master
             ;
             and
             that
             you
             Garrison
             them
             not
             in
             any
             of
             your
             Sea-Towns
             ,
             or
             Forts
             ,
             or
             where
             your
             Chief
             Magazines
             are
             .
             And
             in
             what
             Towns
             you
             do
             Garrison
             your
             Strangers
             in
             the
             Winter
             ,
             where
             you
             place
             one
             Company
             of
             Strangers
             in
             a
             Garrison
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             place
             two
             of
             your
             own
             Nation
             .
             It
             is
             a
             very
             dangerous
             thing
             to
             entertain
             a
             Forein
             Friend
             to
             gain
             your
             own
             Country
             :
             but
             there
             is
             no
             danger
             in
             entertaining
             a
             Forein
             Friend
             to
             help
             to
             keep
             your
             Country
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             you
             have
             mony
             to
             pay
             them
             .
          
           
             You
             may
             with
             good
             Fortresses
             ,
             and
             a
             good
             Army
             so
             tye
             up
             your
             Enemy
             in
             hindring
             him
             from
             Victuals
             ,
             and
             by
             intrenching
             always
             so
             near
             him
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             now
             and
             then
             fall
             upon
             some
             of
             his
             Quarters
             ,
             and
             so
             hinder
             him
             from
             making
             any
             Siege
             of
             importance
             .
             And
             when
             a
             Conquerour
             advanceth
             not
             forward
             ,
             he
             recoileth
             .
             But
             here
             you
             must
             note
             ,
             that
             such
             places
             as
             you
             fortifie
             are
             to
             be
             well
             fortified
             ,
             well
             manned
             ,
             and
             well
             provided
             of
             all
             necessaries
             ,
             and
             that
             you
             do
             not
             fortifie
             any
             place
             ,
             which
             will
             require
             many
             men
             for
             the
             Defence
             of
             it
             in
             a
             Siege
             .
          
           
           
             If
             you
             be
             assailed
             by
             a
             Power
             altogether
             disproportionable
             to
             your
             Forces
             ,
             and
             are
             in
             this
             case
             forced
             to
             leave
             some
             part
             of
             your
             Country
             to
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             then
             you
             ought
             to
             burn
             all
             the
             Victual
             which
             you
             cannot
             contain
             wiehin
             your
             Fortresses
             ,
             and
             also
             all
             the
             Towns
             and
             Villages
             which
             you
             cannot
             guard
             .
             For
             it
             is
             better
             to
             preserve
             your self
             in
             a
             ruined
             Country
             ,
             than
             to
             keep
             it
             for
             your
             Enemy
             .
             It
             is
             a
             Maxim
             ,
             That
             no
             publick
             good
             can
             be
             without
             some
             prejudice
             to
             some
             particular
             men
             :
             So
             a
             Prince
             cannot
             dis-entangle
             himself
             from
             a
             perilous
             Enterprise
             ,
             if
             he
             will
             please
             every
             man
             :
             and
             the
             greatest
             and
             most
             usual
             faults
             which
             we
             commit
             in
             matters
             of
             State
             ,
             and
             War
             ,
             proceed
             from
             suffering
             our selves
             to
             be
             carried
             away
             with
             this
             complacency
             ,
             whereof
             we
             repent
             when
             there
             is
             no
             remedy
             left
             .
          
           
             A
             Kingdom
             or
             State
             ,
             though
             they
             have
             received
             many
             overthrows
             ,
             should
             never
             cowardly
             yield
             themselves
             up
             to
             be
             Slaves
             to
             their
             Enemies
             ,
             but
             endeavour
             to
             look
             Fortune
             again
             in
             the
             face
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             ready
             to
             overcome
             or
             lose
             more
             gloriously
             ,
             or
             get
             honourable
             terms
             of
             Agreement
             .
             Because
             by
             yielding
             they
             can
             hope
             for
             nothing
             but
             the
             saving
             of
             their
             lives
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             be
             in
             their
             Enemies
             hands
             to
             deprive
             them
             of
             that
             at
             their
             pleasures
             :
             and
             Peace
             is
             more
             grievous
             to
             men
             in
             subjection
             ,
             than
             the
             War
             is
             to
             them
             that
             enjoy
             their
             liberties
             ;
             and
             they
             are
             hopeful
             in
             their
             Arms
             ,
             who
             have
             no
             other
             hope
             but
             in
             their
             Arms.
             A
             just
             Cause
             is
             good
             defence
             against
             a
             strong
             Enemy
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               V.
            
             Some
             Observations
             for
             those
             that
             undertake
             a
             VVar.
             
          
           
             A
             Sovereign
             Prince
             is
             more
             capable
             to
             make
             great
             and
             ready
             Conquests
             than
             a
             Commonwealth
             ,
             and
             especially
             if
             he
             goeth
             in
             person
             into
             the
             Field
             .
             For
             never
             any
             Prince
             hath
             founded
             a
             great
             Empire
             ,
             but
             by
             making
             War
             in
             person
             :
             nor
             hath
             lost
             any
             ,
             but
             when
             he
             made
             War
             by
             his
             Lieutenants
             .
          
           
             Those
             that
             undertake
             a
             War
             ,
             ought
             to
             make
             their
             Levies
             according
             to
             the
             War
             which
             they
             undertake
             ;
             carefully
             foreseeing
             that
             they
             undertake
             no
             Offensive
             War
             ,
             but
             such
             as
             they
             be
             able
             to
             go
             through
             with
             their
             Purses
             and
             their
             Honours
             :
             And
             if
             their
             Purses
             will
             bear
             it
             ,
             to
             make
             their
             Wars
             great
             and
             short
             .
             It
             is
             an
             excellent
             property
             of
             a
             good
             and
             wise
             Prince
             to
             use
             War
             ,
             as
             he
             doth
             Physick
             ,
             carefully
             ,
             unwillingly
             ,
             and
             seasonably
             ;
             either
             to
             prevent
             approaching
             dangers
             ,
             or
             to
             correct
             a
             present
             mischief
             ,
             or
             to
             recover
             a
             former
             loss
             .
             He
             that
             declineth
             Physick
             till
             he
             is
             accosted
             with
             the
             danger
             ,
             or
             weakened
             with
             the
             Disease
             ,
             is
             bold
             too
             long
             ,
             and
             wise
             too
             late
             .
             That
             Peace
             is
             too
             precise
             ,
             that
             limiteth
             the
             justness
             of
             a
             War
             to
             a
             Sword
             drawn
             ,
             or
             a
             Blow
             given
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             thing
             they
             who
             undertake
             a
             War
             ought
             to
             observe
             ,
             is
             Secresie
             and
             Expedition
             in
             their
             designs
             :
             It
             is
             a
             perilous
             weakness
             in
             a
             State
             to
             be
             slow
             of
             resolution
             in
             the
             time
             of
             War
             :
             such
             Affairs
             attend
             not
             time
             .
             Let
             the
             wise
             Statesman
             therefore
             abhor
             delays
             ,
             and
             resolve
             rather
             what
             to
             do
             than
             what
             to
             say
             .
             Slow
             
             deliberations
             are
             symptoms
             either
             of
             faint
             Spirits
             ,
             or
             weak
             Forces
             ,
             or
             false
             Hearts
             .
          
           
             In
             War
             more
             than
             any
             other
             profession
             the
             command
             ought
             to
             be
             single
             .
             For
             though
             you
             have
             many
             Armies
             in
             the
             Field
             ,
             yet
             ought
             you
             to
             appoint
             one
             General
             to
             have
             the
             absolute
             command
             over
             the
             rest
             of
             your
             Generals
             .
          
           
             And
             there
             ought
             to
             be
             a
             special
             care
             in
             making
             choice
             of
             an
             able
             General
             .
             For
             an
             able
             General
             will
             make
             choice
             of
             good
             Officers
             ,
             and
             such
             as
             are
             fit
             for
             VVar
             :
             but
             a
             General
             that
             is
             not
             experienced
             in
             the
             Wars
             ,
             if
             he
             meet
             with
             good
             Commanders
             ,
             it
             is
             by
             hazard
             .
             This
             advantage
             also
             you
             will
             find
             by
             having
             an
             experienced
             and
             well
             reputed
             man
             to
             your
             General
             ,
             that
             the
             Officers
             and
             Souldiers
             of
             your
             Army
             will
             fight
             with
             much
             the
             more
             resolution
             ,
             and
             confidence
             of
             Victory
             ;
             and
             your
             Enemy
             will
             fight
             with
             the
             less
             resolution
             and
             hopes
             of
             Victory
             .
             For
             good
             Officers
             will
             make
             good
             Souldiers
             ,
             and
             good
             Souldiers
             are
             as
             necessary
             to
             a
             VVar
             as
             good
             store
             of
             Gold.
             And
             therefore
             those
             that
             undertake
             a
             VVar
             ,
             must
             not
             always
             measure
             their
             Power
             by
             their
             Treasure
             ,
             but
             they
             must
             put
             the
             goodness
             of
             their
             Souldiers
             in
             the
             balance
             with
             their
             Treasure
             .
          
           
             Before
             you
             undertake
             a
             VVar
             ,
             cast
             an
             impartial
             eye
             upon
             the
             Cause
             .
             If
             it
             be
             just
             ,
             prepare
             your
             Army
             ,
             and
             let
             them
             all
             know
             they
             fight
             for
             God.
             This
             addeth
             fire
             to
             the
             Spirit
             of
             a
             Souldier
             ,
             to
             be
             assured
             that
             he
             shall
             either
             prosper
             in
             a
             fair
             VVar
             ,
             or
             perish
             in
             a
             just
             Cause
             .
          
           
             You
             must
             be
             most
             vigilant
             and
             careful
             to
             have
             all
             your
             Magazines
             doubly
             provided
             ,
             that
             if
             any
             disaster
             befal
             your
             Armies
             ,
             you
             may
             soon
             supply
             them
             again
             .
             He
             that
             would
             be
             in
             VVar
             victorious
             ,
             must
             be
             in
             Peace
             laborious
             .
             You
             must
             likewise
             be
             very
             punctual
             
             in
             sending
             supplies
             of
             Mony
             ,
             Men
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             necessaries
             to
             your
             Army
             .
             For
             the
             want
             of
             any
             one
             supply
             many
             times
             coming
             too
             late
             proveth
             the
             loss
             of
             the
             whole
             design
             ;
             and
             in
             no
             profession
             the
             loss
             of
             time
             proveth
             so
             dangerous
             as
             in
             Martial
             Affairs
             .
          
           
             You
             must
             not
             be
             apt
             to
             judge
             of
             your
             Generals
             Actions
             according
             to
             the
             Event
             ,
             but
             according
             to
             Reason
             ;
             and
             not
             to
             lay
             the
             fault
             of
             your
             Armies
             ill
             success
             upon
             your
             General
             ,
             when
             it
             lieth
             in
             your selves
             ,
             either
             for
             want
             of
             necessaries
             ,
             or
             timely
             supplies
             ,
             or
             by
             bridling
             the
             Authority
             of
             your
             General
             too
             much
             .
             Besides
             ,
             if
             a
             General
             be
             never
             so
             wise
             ,
             and
             diligent
             ,
             he
             cannot
             foresee
             every
             thing
             that
             may
             break
             ,
             and
             cross
             all
             that
             which
             he
             had
             purposed
             .
             For
             it
             is
             a
             Piece
             of
             Divine
             Power
             to
             direct
             a
             path
             free
             from
             the
             crookedness
             which
             might
             lead
             the
             straight
             way
             to
             happy
             ends
             :
             and
             it
             were
             as
             great
             a
             madness
             to
             believe
             that
             a
             man
             were
             able
             to
             give
             directions
             to
             meet
             with
             all
             chances
             ,
             as
             to
             think
             no
             foresight
             can
             prevent
             any
             casualty
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             intend
             to
             have
             a
             well-commanded
             Army
             ,
             you
             must
             pay
             them
             punctually
             ,
             and
             then
             your
             General
             can
             with
             Justice
             punish
             them
             severely
             .
          
           
             You
             must
             foresee
             that
             your
             Frontier
             Towns
             be
             well
             Fortified
             ,
             well
             Manned
             ,
             and
             well
             Victualled
             before
             your
             Army
             taketh
             the
             Field
             .
          
           
             You
             ought
             not
             to
             neglect
             rewarding
             those
             ,
             that
             do
             you
             eminent
             Service
             ;
             for
             by
             it
             you
             bind
             them
             to
             be
             faithful
             to
             you
             ,
             and
             you
             encourage
             them
             to
             do
             the
             like
             Service
             upon
             another
             occasion
             ,
             and
             encourage
             others
             to
             be
             ambitious
             of
             the
             same
             honour
             .
             You
             must
             likewise
             be
             careful
             that
             the
             honour
             of
             such
             as
             have
             done
             brave
             Actions
             and
             great
             Services
             be
             not
             diminished
             nor
             blemished
             .
             Because
             the
             most
             generous
             Spirits
             (
             which
             will
             easily
             excuse
             all
             want
             of
             other
             recompence
             for
             their
             Services
             )
             will
             never
             endure
             this
             ,
             to
             be
             robbed
             of
             the
             
             honour
             due
             to
             their
             brave
             actions
             ,
             and
             will
             sooner
             stomach
             such
             a
             want
             of
             due
             honour
             ,
             than
             any
             other
             thing
             whatsoever
             ;
             whereupon
             very
             often
             great
             mischiefs
             have
             followed
             .
          
           
             You
             must
             not
             be
             too
             confident
             in
             the
             Arm
             of
             Flesh
             ,
             and
             in
             your
             Victories
             ;
             give
             not
             too
             much
             honour
             to
             your
             Armies
             ,
             and
             too
             little
             praise
             to
             God.
             Use
             all
             the
             lawful
             means
             you
             can
             for
             the
             executing
             of
             your
             designs
             ,
             and
             by
             your
             Prayers
             recommend
             he
             success
             to
             God
             ,
             and
             the
             good
             conduct
             of
             your
             General
             The
             Senate
             of
             the
             Romans
             reserved
             nothing
             else
             to
             themselves
             ,
             but
             a
             power
             to
             make
             new
             Wars
             ,
             and
             to
             confirm
             Peace
             :
             every
             thing
             else
             they
             referred
             to
             the
             arbitrement
             ,
             and
             power
             of
             the
             Consul
             .
             Notwithstanding
             that
             there
             were
             in
             the
             Senate
             men
             exceedingly
             well
             experienced
             in
             the
             Wars
             ;
             yet
             forasmuch
             as
             they
             were
             not
             upon
             the
             place
             ,
             and
             therefore
             ignorant
             of
             very
             many
             particulars
             ,
             which
             were
             needful
             for
             them
             to
             know
             that
             will
             advise
             well
             ,
             and
             by
             interposing
             their
             Counsels
             they
             would
             have
             committed
             many
             errors
             :
             For
             this
             cause
             they
             suffered
             the
             Consul
             to
             do
             all
             of
             himself
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Glory
             thereof
             should
             be
             entirely
             his
             ;
             the
             love
             of
             which
             they
             thought
             would
             provoke
             and
             encourage
             him
             to
             do
             well
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             great
             vanity
             and
             indiscretion
             in
             a
             Prince
             ,
             or
             State
             in
             matter
             of
             War
             to
             undertake
             many
             enterprizes
             at
             once
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             better
             for
             two
             weak
             Kingdoms
             rather
             to
             compound
             with
             an
             Enemy
             to
             some
             loss
             ,
             than
             seek
             for
             satisfaction
             by
             the
             Sword
             ;
             lest
             while
             they
             two
             weaken
             themselves
             by
             mutual
             blows
             ,
             a
             third
             decide
             the
             Controversie
             to
             both
             their
             ruines
             .
             When
             the
             Frog
             and
             the
             Mouse
             could
             not
             take
             up
             the
             Quarrel
             ,
             the
             Kite
             was
             Umpire
             .
          
           
             You
             ought
             to
             be
             careful
             you
             have
             no
             Officer
             in
             
             chief
             that
             is
             covetous
             ,
             or
             given
             to
             pillaging
             .
             For
             such
             men
             are
             good
             to
             no
             body
             ,
             but
             themselves
             and
             the
             Enemy
             ;
             and
             are
             most
             commonly
             easily
             corrupted
             with
             mony
             .
             Such
             men
             ought
             by
             no
             means
             to
             be
             made
             Governours
             of
             Towns.
             
          
           
             No
             Prince
             or
             State
             ought
             to
             doubt
             but
             that
             they
             may
             be
             able
             to
             make
             good
             Souldiers
             ,
             when
             they
             want
             not
             men
             .
             For
             if
             they
             have
             many
             men
             ,
             and
             want
             Souldiers
             ,
             they
             should
             rather
             complain
             of
             their
             own
             Sloth
             ,
             and
             small
             Wisdom
             ,
             than
             of
             the
             peoples
             Cowardize
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               VI.
            
             Some
             Observations
             ,
             and
             Considerations
             to
             be
             observed
             ,
             and
             thought
             on
             by
             a
             General
             ,
             that
             taketh
             upon
             him
             the
             Command
             of
             an
             Army
             .
          
           
             HE
             that
             undertaketh
             the
             Command
             of
             an
             Army
             ought
             seriously
             to
             consider
             the
             hazards
             of
             this
             Charge
             ,
             and
             the
             difficulties
             ,
             and
             examine
             his
             own
             abilities
             well
             before
             he
             adventureth
             on
             it
             :
             Because
             if
             he
             groweth
             rich
             ,
             he
             is
             traduced
             ;
             if
             he
             fail
             ,
             or
             prove
             unfortunate
             ,
             he
             is
             calumniated
             ,
             scandalized
             :
             And
             if
             the
             whole
             success
             answereth
             not
             their
             opinions
             who
             imploy
             him
             ,
             they
             will
             repine
             ,
             although
             the
             fault
             most
             often
             is
             caused
             by
             their
             own
             neglect
             ,
             or
             wilfulness
             ,
             or
             by
             curbing
             the
             Authority
             of
             their
             chief
             Commander
             too
             much
             .
             And
             people
             are
             always
             
             apt
             to
             judge
             of
             their
             Generals
             Actions
             rather
             by
             the
             event
             than
             reason
             .
             So
             that
             it
             is
             a
             very
             hard
             thing
             for
             a
             man
             to
             take
             the
             Command
             of
             an
             Army
             upon
             him
             ,
             and
             to
             keep
             his
             reputation
             unto
             the
             end
             .
             Therefore
             no
             General
             ought
             to
             undertake
             any
             design
             timorously
             ,
             or
             rashly
             ;
             but
             such
             Actions
             as
             he
             foreseeth
             by
             his
             wisdom
             ,
             and
             experience
             ,
             that
             his
             Master
             ,
             or
             Masters
             purse
             ,
             or
             purses
             ,
             and
             his
             own
             abilities
             be
             sufficient
             to
             go
             through
             with
             Victory
             and
             Honour
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             thing
             that
             a
             General
             ought
             to
             do
             ,
             is
             to
             desire
             God
             to
             assist
             him
             in
             all
             his
             Councils
             and
             Actions
             ,
             and
             to
             beseech
             him
             to
             give
             him
             and
             his
             Souldiers
             Courage
             in
             the
             day
             of
             Battel
             :
             For
             it
             is
             he
             who
             maketh
             our
             Enemies
             flee
             before
             us
             .
             It
             is
             he
             setteth
             up
             Kings
             ,
             and
             Kingdoms
             ,
             and
             pulleth
             them
             down
             at
             his
             pleasure
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             of
             an
             Army
             must
             make
             it
             his
             principal
             aim
             to
             begin
             well
             :
             and
             then
             not
             to
             omit
             any
             thing
             for
             the
             preserving
             of
             what
             he
             hath
             gotten
             .
             He
             ought
             to
             be
             provident
             in
             taking
             care
             for
             Mony
             ,
             Men
             ,
             Arms
             ,
             Victuals
             ,
             Ammunition
             ,
             a
             good
             train
             of
             Artillery
             ,
             with
             all
             things
             necessary
             belonging
             to
             it
             ;
             Cloaths
             ,
             Shoes
             ,
             Stockings
             ,
             and
             Shirts
             :
             He
             must
             foresee
             and
             provide
             that
             none
             of
             all
             these
             things
             fail
             him
             in
             the
             execution
             of
             his
             Designs
             .
             And
             he
             must
             be
             careful
             to
             make
             choice
             of
             knowing
             ,
             and
             valiant
             Officers
             for
             his
             Army
             .
             For
             you
             may
             observe
             in
             all
             the
             Roman
             Wars
             ,
             that
             they
             conquered
             more
             Nations
             by
             their
             expert
             knowledge
             in
             Martial
             Affairs
             ,
             than
             they
             did
             either
             by
             their
             Number
             or
             Valour
             .
             It
             hath
             been
             the
             manner
             of
             all
             famous
             Generals
             to
             bring
             their
             Souldiers
             to
             perfection
             by
             exercise
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             ought
             carefully
             to
             observe
             these
             three
             things
             in
             his
             Martial
             Discipline
             ,
             to
             recompence
             commendable
             Actions
             ,
             to
             punish
             the
             bad
             ,
             and
             constantly
             
             to
             use
             the
             exact
             exercise
             of
             Military
             Discipline
             .
             He
             must
             never
             suffer
             his
             Souldiers
             in
             any
             place
             to
             be
             idle
             ,
             especially
             when
             the
             Army
             is
             brought
             together
             in
             a
             Body
             :
             for
             if
             he
             employ
             them
             not
             in
             that
             which
             is
             good
             ,
             they
             will
             busie
             themselves
             in
             that
             which
             is
             naught
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             the
             height
             of
             a
             provident
             Commander
             not
             only
             to
             keep
             his
             own
             designs
             undiscoverable
             to
             his
             Enemy
             ,
             but
             likewise
             to
             be
             studious
             in
             discovering
             his
             .
             He
             that
             can
             best
             do
             the
             one
             ,
             and
             nearest
             guess
             at
             the
             other
             ,
             〈◊〉
             the
             next
             step
             to
             a
             Conquerour
             :
             but
             he
             that
             failed
             in
             both
             ,
             must
             either
             ascribe
             his
             Overthrow
             to
             his
             own
             folly
             ,
             or
             his
             Victory
             to
             the
             hand
             of
             Fortune
             .
             He
             that
             is
             a
             Chief
             Commander
             ought
             to
             know
             that
             if
             he
             will
             be
             secure
             in
             War
             ,
             he
             must
             be
             watchful
             and
             valiant
             :
             and
             that
             expedition
             and
             secresie
             crowneth
             all
             warlike
             exploits
             with
             Success
             and
             Glory
             :
             and
             that
             the
             opportunity
             of
             time
             is
             the
             Mother
             of
             all
             worthy
             Exploits
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             course
             of
             War
             a
             General
             shall
             meet
             with
             some
             occasions
             ,
             wherein
             he
             is
             not
             only
             to
             contend
             with
             Men
             ,
             but
             with
             Chances
             and
             Things
             ,
             which
             are
             to
             be
             overcome
             with
             less
             difficulty
             ,
             than
             an
             Enemy
             ,
             and
             are
             more
             dangerous
             ,
             as
             Hunger
             ,
             Discontents
             ,
             and
             Labour
             .
             Things
             well
             and
             happily
             atchieved
             do
             get
             the
             Commander
             great
             good-will
             from
             the
             Souldier
             ,
             and
             things
             ill
             carried
             as
             much
             hatred
             .
             Wherefore
             a
             General
             should
             always
             prefer
             courses
             of
             security
             before
             those
             of
             hazzard
             ,
             and
             trust
             Fortune
             no
             farther
             ,
             than
             necessity
             constraineth
             him
             .
             
               Caesar
            
             thought
             it
             not
             best
             to
             
             tempt
             the
             waywardness
             of
             Fortune
             ,
             when
             by
             other
             means
             he
             might
             obtain
             his
             desires
             :
             and
             a
             wise
             General
             should
             always
             rather
             follow
             Reason
             than
             Fortune
             .
          
           
             War
             is
             not
             capable
             of
             a
             second
             Error
             ;
             one
             fault
             being
             enough
             to
             ruine
             an
             Army
             :
             And
             therefore
             a
             General
             ought
             to
             be
             careful
             even
             of
             possibilities
             ,
             accounting
             always
             that
             which
             may
             happen
             ,
             to
             be
             as
             certain
             as
             any
             thing
             which
             he
             doth
             most
             expect
             .
             A
             Generals
             Counsels
             should
             not
             pass
             approbation
             through
             his
             own
             judgment
             alone
             ,
             neither
             should
             they
             be
             communicated
             to
             more
             than
             is
             needful
             ,
             neither
             are
             they
             to
             be
             hastned
             forwards
             with
             passion
             ,
             but
             ought
             oft
             to
             be
             maturated
             with
             staid
             deliberation
             .
             Likewise
             he
             is
             to
             take
             special
             care
             that
             no
             humorous
             respect
             do
             hinder
             that
             resolution
             which
             true
             judgment
             approveth
             .
             For
             oftentimes
             it
             falleth
             out
             that
             either
             particular
             profit
             ,
             delightful
             pleasures
             ,
             desire
             of
             revenge
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             unseasonable
             affection
             doth
             so
             intangle
             them
             in
             their
             proceedings
             ,
             as
             they
             never
             attain
             to
             the
             main
             drift
             of
             the
             action
             :
             and
             this
             is
             called
             
               Stumbling
               by
               the
               way
               .
            
          
           
             A
             General
             must
             be
             careful
             not
             to
             measure
             the
             humour
             of
             his
             poor
             ,
             needy
             ,
             and
             undisciplined
             Souldiers
             by
             the
             garb
             of
             his
             own
             ambitious
             thoughts
             ;
             and
             so
             lay
             such
             projects
             of
             difficulty
             as
             were
             very
             unsuitable
             in
             the
             particularity
             of
             occurrences
             ,
             to
             that
             which
             his
             Souldiers
             were
             fit
             to
             execute
             :
             Neither
             should
             he
             be
             so
             prodigal
             of
             his
             Souldiers
             Blood
             ,
             as
             though
             men
             were
             made
             only
             to
             fill
             Ditches
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             the
             woful
             executioners
             of
             his
             rashness
             .
             
             Of
             all
             Victories
             a
             General
             should
             think
             that
             best
             ,
             which
             is
             least
             stained
             with
             Blood.
             
          
           
             It
             is
             requisite
             in
             a
             General
             to
             mingle
             love
             with
             the
             severity
             of
             his
             Discipline
             .
             They
             that
             cannot
             be
             induced
             to
             serve
             for
             love
             ,
             will
             never
             be
             forced
             to
             love
             for
             fear
             :
             Because
             love
             openeth
             the
             heart
             ,
             fear
             shutteth
             it
             ;
             that
             encourageth
             ,
             this
             compelleth
             :
             And
             Victory
             meeteth
             encouragement
             ,
             but
             flieth
             compulsion
             .
             If
             thou
             art
             called
             to
             the
             Dignity
             of
             a
             Commander
             ,
             dignifie
             thy
             place
             by
             thy
             Commands
             :
             and
             that
             thou
             mayest
             be
             the
             more
             perfect
             in
             Commanding
             others
             ,
             practise
             upon
             thy self
             .
             A
             Chief
             Commander
             ought
             to
             know
             that
             that
             Command
             is
             best
             ,
             and
             most
             sure
             ,
             when
             the
             Souldier
             rejoyceth
             in
             his
             Obedience
             .
          
           
             What
             Souldiers
             earn
             with
             the
             hazard
             of
             their
             lives
             ,
             if
             not
             enjoyed
             ,
             prophesieth
             an
             overthrow
             to
             the
             next
             Battel
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             shall
             rule
             much
             ,
             if
             Reason
             rule
             him
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             ought
             to
             use
             his
             best
             endeavours
             ,
             to
             buy
             good
             success
             with
             extraordinary
             labour
             .
             For
             Industry
             commandeth
             Fortune
             ,
             saith
             
               Caesar.
            
             And
             there
             is
             no
             doubt
             but
             diligence
             ,
             and
             laboursome
             industry
             by
             circumspect
             and
             heedful
             carriage
             seldom
             fail
             ,
             either
             by
             hap
             or
             cunning
             ,
             to
             make
             good
             that
             part
             ,
             wherein
             the
             main
             point
             of
             the
             matter
             dependeth
             .
             And
             where
             the
             Lions
             skin
             will
             not
             serve
             his
             turn
             ,
             there
             let
             him
             take
             part
             of
             the
             Foxes
             to
             piece
             it
             out
             .
          
           
           
             It
             is
             a
             dangerous
             thing
             for
             a
             General
             to
             make
             himself
             chief
             in
             perswading
             a
             Prince
             ,
             or
             State
             to
             any
             weighty
             and
             important
             resolution
             ,
             so
             that
             the
             counsel
             thereof
             be
             wholly
             imputed
             to
             him
             ,
             which
             belongs
             to
             many
             .
             For
             inasmuch
             as
             men
             judge
             of
             things
             by
             their
             events
             ,
             of
             all
             the
             evils
             that
             rise
             thereupon
             ,
             the
             blame
             will
             be
             wholly
             laid
             upon
             him
             as
             Author
             :
             and
             if
             good
             come
             of
             it
             ,
             he
             is
             commended
             for
             it
             ;
             but
             the
             reward
             cometh
             much
             short
             of
             the
             loss
             which
             is
             hazarded
             .
             The
             Sultan
             
               Selimus
               ,
            
             termed
             the
             great
             Turk
             ,
             having
             made
             preparation
             (
             as
             some
             report
             )
             for
             the
             Conquest
             of
             
               Syria
               ,
            
             and
             
               Egypt
               ,
            
             was
             encouraged
             by
             one
             of
             his
             Bashaws
             ,
             who
             was
             then
             upon
             the
             Confines
             of
             
               Persia
               ,
            
             to
             undertake
             rather
             an
             Expedition
             against
             the
             
               Sophy
               :
            
             By
             whose
             counsel
             the
             Sultan
             was
             perswaded
             ,
             and
             went
             to
             that
             enterprize
             with
             an
             exceeding
             great
             Army
             .
             But
             coming
             into
             a
             very
             vast
             Country
             ,
             where
             a
             great
             part
             of
             it
             is
             desert
             ,
             and
             very
             few
             Rivers
             ,
             and
             finding
             there
             those
             difficulties
             which
             long
             since
             had
             ruined
             many
             Roman
             Armies
             ,
             was
             so
             distressed
             ,
             that
             he
             lost
             most
             of
             his
             Army
             by
             Famine
             and
             Plague
             .
             Wherefore
             (
             however
             in
             the
             War
             he
             was
             vanquisher
             )
             he
             caused
             the
             Bashaw
             ,
             Author
             of
             that
             counsel
             ,
             to
             be
             put
             to
             death
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               VII
               .
            
             Some
             Observations
             what
             is
             the
             fittest
             strength
             for
             Armies
             to
             be
             of
             ;
             and
             what
             proportion
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ,
             Dragooners
             ,
             and
             Pioners
             ,
             there
             ought
             to
             be
             in
             an
             Army
             .
             And
             likewise
             shewing
             the
             proportion
             of
             Pikemen
             ,
             and
             Musqueteers
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Service
             that
             they
             shall
             be
             most
             imployed
             upon
             .
          
           
             AN
             Army
             of
             thirty
             or
             forty
             thousand
             men
             Trained
             ,
             well
             Disciplined
             ,
             carefully
             Conducted
             ,
             and
             still
             recruited
             upon
             all
             occasions
             ,
             may
             destroy
             an
             Army
             four
             times
             as
             great
             .
             Because
             great
             Armies
             for
             want
             of
             Victuals
             oftentimes
             destroy
             themselves
             .
             And
             an
             Army
             of
             thirty
             or
             forty
             thousand
             may
             fight
             with
             an
             Army
             three
             or
             four
             times
             as
             big
             ,
             and
             beat
             them
             ;
             provided
             that
             by
             the
             advantage
             of
             their
             ground
             they
             avoid
             being
             surrounded
             :
             and
             the
             disorder
             and
             confusion
             that
             commonly
             is
             in
             a
             great
             Army
             ,
             will
             likewise
             be
             apt
             to
             break
             them
             .
          
           
             Where
             your
             Service
             lieth
             in
             Campagnia
             ,
             the
             proportion
             of
             your
             Army
             ought
             to
             be
             two
             Footmen
             to
             one
             Horseman
             ,
             besides
             your
             Dragooners
             .
             But
             where
             the
             Service
             of
             your
             Army
             shall
             be
             most
             in
             Sieges
             ,
             there
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             three
             Footmen
             unto
             
             one
             Horseman
             ;
             and
             sometimes
             four
             Footmen
             to
             one
             Horseman
             ,
             besides
             your
             Dragoons
             ;
             provided
             your
             Enemy
             be
             not
             able
             to
             over-master
             you
             in
             Horse
             .
             But
             for
             your
             Body
             of
             Foot
             ,
             when
             your
             Service
             shall
             chiefly
             consist
             in
             the
             Campagnia
             ,
             then
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             as
             many
             Pikemen
             as
             Musqueteers
             amongst
             your
             Foot
             ,
             besides
             your
             Dragooners
             .
             But
             where
             your
             Service
             lieth
             most
             in
             Sieges
             ,
             there
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             in
             your
             Body
             of
             Foot
             besides
             your
             Dragoons
             two
             Musqueteers
             to
             one
             Pikeman
             :
             and
             to
             every
             eight
             hundred
             Horse
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             an
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             Dragooners
             .
             And
             always
             to
             an
             Army
             of
             twenty
             thousand
             ,
             or
             thirty
             thousand
             men
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             a
             thousand
             Pioners
             ;
             whereof
             an
             hundred
             ought
             to
             have
             horses
             ,
             as
             a
             necessary
             part
             of
             the
             Army
             upon
             a
             March
             ,
             a
             retreat
             ,
             drawing
             off
             Cannon
             in
             a
             Battel
             ,
             and
             at
             Sieges
             .
             I
             do
             not
             mean
             that
             these
             Pioners
             shall
             be
             entertained
             to
             make
             the
             Souldiers
             lazy
             :
             For
             each
             Souldier
             ought
             to
             know
             what
             belongeth
             to
             his
             labour
             for
             his
             ordinary
             pay
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             to
             pass
             upon
             his
             Duty
             punctually
             ,
             and
             willingly
             ,
             namely
             to
             March
             ,
             Watch
             ,
             Fight
             ,
             and
             intrench
             himself
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             ready
             to
             endure
             with
             Obedience
             and
             Patience
             ,
             Labour
             ,
             Hunger
             ,
             Cold
             ,
             and
             Heat
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               VIII
               .
            
             Some
             Observations
             concerning
             the
             Arming
             of
             an
             Army
             ,
             and
             how
             each
             Souldier
             ought
             to
             be
             Armed
             .
          
           
             ONE
             of
             the
             greatest
             advantages
             that
             I
             know
             which
             can
             be
             taken
             in
             War
             by
             a
             Chief
             Commander
             ,
             is
             to
             endeavour
             to
             have
             his
             Army
             better
             armed
             than
             his
             Enemies
             Army
             ,
             both
             with
             Offensive
             Arms
             ,
             and
             Defensive
             Arms.
             Arms
             are
             the
             security
             of
             your
             own
             Souldiers
             ,
             the
             terror
             of
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             and
             the
             assured
             ordinary
             means
             of
             Victory
             .
             And
             this
             is
             certain
             ,
             that
             the
             most
             warlike
             Nations
             ,
             and
             most
             Victorious
             ,
             have
             always
             sought
             to
             get
             advantage
             of
             their
             Enemies
             by
             advantage
             of
             Arms.
             The
             end
             of
             Arms
             is
             either
             to
             assault
             ,
             or
             defend
             ;
             and
             hence
             are
             Arms
             divided
             into
             two
             kinds
             ,
             Offensive
             and
             Defensive
             .
             Offensive
             Arms
             are
             to
             do
             execution
             upon
             your
             Enemy
             ;
             and
             Defensive
             Arms
             raise
             the
             Spirits
             ,
             stirre
             up
             desire
             to
             fight
             ,
             make
             the
             Souldier
             bold
             ,
             and
             chearful
             to
             perils
             .
             And
             whereas
             the
             Defensive
             Arms
             of
             Horse-men
             and
             Pike-men
             are
             much
             slighted
             by
             some
             in
             these
             times
             ,
             I
             would
             have
             such
             to
             know
             ,
             that
             Souldiers
             ought
             to
             go
             into
             the
             Field
             to
             Conquer
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             be
             killed
             .
             And
             I
             would
             have
             our
             young
             Gallants
             to
             take
             notice
             ,
             that
             men
             wear
             not
             Arms
             because
             they
             are
             afraid
             of
             danger
             ,
             but
             because
             they
             would
             not
             fear
             it
             .
             And
             I
             am
             confident
             ,
             
             that
             one
             Army
             well
             armed
             with
             Defensive
             Arms
             ,
             may
             very
             well
             expect
             without
             any
             great
             difficulty
             to
             win
             twenty
             Battels
             one
             after
             another
             of
             Armies
             equal
             in
             strength
             ,
             equally
             conducted
             ,
             and
             fighting
             upon
             equal
             advantage
             of
             ground
             ,
             but
             not
             armed
             with
             Defensive
             Arms.
             So
             much
             advantage
             do
             I
             suppose
             to
             be
             between
             Armies
             that
             are
             armed
             ,
             and
             Armies
             that
             are
             not
             armed
             with
             Defensive
             Arms.
             
          
           
             I
             will
             now
             shew
             you
             how
             Horsemen
             ,
             Footmen
             ,
             and
             Dragooners
             ought
             to
             be
             armed
             with
             Offensive
             and
             Defensive
             Arms.
             
          
           
             
               An
               Horsemans
               Offensive
               Arms
               are
               these
               .
            
             
               A
               Carbine
               ,
               or
               a
               Musquet-barrel
               of
               the
               length
               of
               a
               Carbine-barrel
               ,
               well
               stockt
               with
               a
               Snapance
               :
               the
               which
               I
               hold
               to
               be
               much
               better
               then
               a
               Carbine
               for
               Service
               .
               Also
               a
               case
               of
               Pistols
               ,
               and
               a
               good
               stiff
               long
               Tuck
               ,
               and
               a
               Belt.
               
            
          
           
             
               An
               Horsemans
               Defensive
               Arms
               are
               ,
            
             
               An
               Head-piece
               with
               three
               small
               iron
               Bars
               to
               defend
               the
               Face
               ,
               Back
               ,
               and
               Breast
               ;
               all
               three
               Pistol-proof
               :
               a
               Gauntlet
               for
               his
               left
               hand
               ,
               or
               a
               good
               long
               Buff
               Glove
               .
               A
               Girdle
               of
               double
               Buff
               about
               eight
               inches
               broad
               ,
               which
               is
               to
               be
               worn
               under
               the
               skirts
               of
               his
               Doublet
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               hooked
               unto
               
               his
               Doublet
               ,
               and
               made
               so
               that
               it
               may
               be
               fastned
               together
               before
               .
               If
               you
               find
               Buff
               to
               be
               scarce
               and
               dear
               ,
               you
               may
               make
               those
               Girdles
               of
               Buff
               before
               spoken
               of
               with
               Bull
               Hides
               ,
               or
               good
               Oxes
               Hides
               ,
               dressed
               like
               Buff.
               
            
          
           
             
               The
               Furniture
               that
               belongeth
               to
               an
               Horsemans
               Horse
               is
               as
               followeth
               .
            
             
               He
               ought
               to
               have
               a
               very
               good
               Horse
               ,
               and
               a
               good
               Pad-Saddle
               made
               ,
               so
               that
               it
               may
               very
               well
               carry
               a
               Case
               of
               Pistols
               ,
               three
               good
               Girts
               ,
               a
               pair
               of
               good
               Stirrups
               ,
               and
               Stirrup-leathers
               ;
               with
               a
               Crupper
               ,
               and
               a
               Fore-Pattern
               :
               also
               a
               good
               Bitt
               ,
               Rains
               ,
               and
               Head-stall
               ,
               with
               a
               good
               leathern
               Halter
               .
            
             
               I
               have
               omitted
               here
               to
               speak
               any
               thing
               of
               the
               Armour
               of
               a
               good
               Cuirassier
               ,
               because
               there
               are
               not
               many
               Countries
               that
               do
               afford
               Horses
               fit
               for
               the
               Service
               of
               Cuirassiers
               :
               But
               where
               Horses
               are
               to
               be
               had
               fit
               for
               that
               Service
               ,
               there
               a
               General
               ought
               to
               have
               two
               thousand
               of
               them
               in
               his
               Army
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Offensive
               Arms
               of
               a
               Musqueteer
               are
               these
               .
            
             
               A
               Musquet
               and
               Rest
               ,
               and
               a
               good
               stiff
               Tuck
               not
               very
               long
               ,
               a
               Belt
               ,
               a
               pair
               of
               Bandaliers
               ;
               but
               
               you
               must
               be
               careful
               that
               the
               Charges
               be
               not
               made
               too
               big
               ,
               which
               is
               a
               great
               and
               common
               fault
               now
               adays
               .
               Also
               every
               Musqueteer
               ought
               to
               have
               a
               Scourer
               to
               make
               clean
               his
               Musquet
               :
               For
               he
               must
               be
               very
               careful
               in
               keeping
               his
               Musquet
               clean
               ,
               or
               else
               it
               will
               be
               very
               apt
               to
               break
               upon
               Service
               ,
               by
               means
               of
               which
               neglect
               I
               have
               known
               many
               Souldiers
               spoiled
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Defensive
               Arms
               of
               a
               Musqueteer
               is
               a
               good
               Courage
               .
            
             
               But
               in
               case
               you
               have
               more
               Musqueteers
               than
               you
               have
               Pikes
               ,
               so
               many
               Musqueteers
               as
               you
               have
               more
               than
               Pikemen
               in
               your
               Army
               ought
               to
               have
               Swine-feathers
               with
               heads
               of
               rests
               fastned
               to
               them
               .
               My
               reason
               for
               it
               is
               this
               ,
               your
               Pikemen
               will
               be
               able
               with
               ease
               to
               shelter
               from
               the
               violence
               of
               the
               Horse
               so
               many
               Musqueteers
               as
               they
               are
               in
               number
               :
               and
               these
               Musqueteers
               which
               have
               the
               Swine-Feathers
               being
               imployed
               by
               themselves
               ,
               will
               be
               able
               likewise
               to
               defend
               themselves
               from
               the
               Horse
               ,
               with
               the
               help
               of
               their
               Swine-Feathers
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Offensive
               Arms
               of
               a
               Pike-man
               are
               these
               .
            
             
               A
               good
               long
               Pike
               of
               eighteen
               foot
               in
               length
               with
               a
               small
               Steel
               head
               ,
               and
               a
               good
               stiff
               Tuck
               not
               very
               long
               ,
               with
               a
               Belt
               :
               for
               if
               you
               arm
               your
               
               men
               with
               Swords
               ,
               half
               the
               Swords
               you
               have
               in
               your
               Army
               amongst
               your
               common
               men
               ,
               will
               upon
               the
               first
               March
               you
               make
               be
               broken
               with
               cutting
               of
               Boughs
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Defensive
               Arms
               of
               a
               Pike-man
               are
               these
               .
            
             
               An
               Head-piece
               with
               Back
               and
               Breast
               ;
               a
               Buff
               Girdle
               of
               double
               Buff
               eight
               inches
               broad
               ,
               the
               which
               is
               to
               be
               worn
               under
               the
               Skirts
               of
               his
               Doublet
               instead
               of
               Taces
               .
               The
               same
               Buff
               Girdle
               is
               to
               be
               hooked
               up
               to
               his
               Doublet
               ,
               and
               to
               be
               fastned
               before
               .
               A
               good
               long
               Buff
               Glove
               for
               the
               left
               Hand
               .
               I
               am
               well
               assured
               that
               a
               Girdle
               of
               Buff
               will
               be
               much
               safer
               ,
               and
               much
               more
               serviceable
               ,
               and
               easier
               for
               a
               Pike-man
               to
               wear
               than
               Taces
               .
            
          
           
             
               The
               Offensive
               Arms
               of
               a
               Dragoon
               are
               these
               .
            
             
               A
               Musquet
               ,
               or
               a
               good
               Snapance
               to
               a
               Musquet
               Barrel
               ;
               the
               which
               I
               hold
               much
               better
               for
               Dragoon-Service
               ,
               being
               upon
               occasion
               they
               may
               be
               able
               to
               make
               use
               of
               their
               Snapances
               on
               Horseback
               ,
               and
               upon
               any
               Service
               in
               the
               night
               they
               may
               go
               undiscovered
               .
               He
               must
               have
               also
               a
               Belt
               to
               hang
               his
               Musquet
               in
               ,
               with
               a
               pair
               of
               Bandaliers
               ,
               and
               a
               good
               long
               Tuck
               ,
               with
               a
               Belt.
               And
               all
               your
               Dragoons
               ought
               to
               have
               Swine-feathers
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               Of
               a
               Dragoon
               Horse
               and
               Furniture
               .
            
             
               He
               ought
               to
               have
               a
               good
               ordinary
               Horse
               ,
               
                 sl
                 .
              
               Saddle
               ,
               Snaffle
               ,
               Rains
               ,
               Stirrups
               ,
               and
               Stirrup-Leathers
               ,
               an
               Halter
               ,
               and
               two
               Girts
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               some
               other
               necessaries
               that
               Souldiers
               ought
               to
               be
               furnished
               withal
               ;
               the
               which
               I
               do
               think
               fit
               to
               be
               spoken
               of
               in
               this
               place
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               these
               .
            
             
               Each
               two
               Foot-Souldiers
               ought
               to
               have
               a
               little
               Hatchet
               between
               them
               for
               the
               cutting
               of
               Wood
               for
               Firing
               ,
               and
               Wood
               for
               Hutting
               :
               Also
               each
               two
               Dragoons
               ought
               to
               have
               an
               Hatchet
               between
               them
               for
               the
               aforesaid
               purpose
               .
               Each
               Souldier
               ought
               to
               have
               a
               Knap-sack
               ,
               each
               Company
               of
               Foot
               ,
               and
               Dragoons
               to
               have
               a
               Powder-Bag
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               IX
               .
            
             A
             List
             of
             the
             Chief
             Officers
             that
             belong
             to
             an
             Army
             ,
             and
             what
             Strength
             each
             Regiment
             ought
             to
             have
             of
             Horse
             ,
             Foot
             ,
             and
             Dragoons
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             ,
             a
             Marshal
             of
             the
             Field
             ,
             a
             Lieutenant
             General
             of
             the
             Horse
             ,
             a
             General
             of
             the
             Ordnance
             ,
             or
             Master
             of
             the
             Ordnance
             ;
             a
             Serjeant-Major-General
             of
             the
             Horse
             ;
             a
             Serjeant-Major-General
             of
             the
             Foot
             :
             Colonels
             of
             Brigades
             both
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             :
             the
             Treasurer
             of
             the
             Army
             ;
             Colonels
             of
             Regiments
             both
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ;
             a
             Lieutenant
             General
             of
             the
             Ordnance
             ;
             Serjeant
             Majors
             of
             Brigades
             both
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ;
             a
             Commissary
             General
             of
             the
             Victuals
             ;
             Lieutenant-Colonels
             of
             Regiments
             of
             Foot
             ;
             Serjeant-Majors
             of
             Regiments
             both
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ;
             a
             Quarter-Master
             General
             of
             the
             Foot
             ;
             a
             Quarter-Master
             General
             of
             the
             Horse
             ;
             an
             Engineer
             General
             ;
             a
             Scout-Master
             General
             ;
             a
             Waggon-Master-General
             ;
             Captains
             both
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ;
             and
             Corporals
             of
             the
             Field
             .
          
           
             The
             Marshal
             of
             the
             Field
             receiveth
             Orders
             from
             the
             General
             ;
             the
             Major-General
             of
             the
             Horse
             ,
             and
             the
             Major-General
             of
             the
             Foot
             receive
             their
             Orders
             from
             the
             Marshal
             of
             the
             Field
             ;
             the
             Serjeant-Majors
             of
             the
             Brigades
             from
             their
             Serjeant-Major-General
             ;
             
             the
             Serjeant-Majors
             of
             Regiments
             from
             the
             Serjeant-Major
             of
             their
             Brigade
             ;
             the
             Quarter-Masters
             of
             Horse-Troops
             ,
             and
             the
             Serjeants
             of
             Foot
             Companies
             receive
             their
             Orders
             from
             the
             Serjeant-Majors
             of
             their
             Regiments
             ;
             the
             Quarter-Masters
             of
             Horse-Troops
             ,
             and
             Serjeants
             of
             Foot
             Companies
             give
             the
             word
             ,
             and
             such
             Orders
             as
             they
             do
             receive
             from
             the
             Serjeant-Majors
             of
             their
             Regiment
             to
             all
             the
             Officers
             of
             their
             Companies
             :
             the
             Quarter-Master
             of
             the
             Artillery
             ,
             and
             the
             Quarter-Master
             of
             the
             Victuals
             receive
             their
             Orders
             from
             the
             Marshal
             of
             the
             Field
             ,
             the
             Marshal
             of
             the
             Field
             speaking
             with
             the
             Serjeant-Major-General
             of
             the
             Horse
             ,
             and
             the
             Serjeant-Major
             General
             of
             the
             Foot
             ,
             the
             Quarter-Master
             of
             the
             Artillery
             ,
             and
             the
             Quarter-Master
             of
             the
             Victuals
             ,
             so
             giveth
             Orders
             to
             all
             the
             Army
             .
          
           
             All
             Orders
             and
             Commands
             ought
             to
             be
             given
             in
             Writing
             ,
             if
             there
             be
             time
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             Thus
             much
             more
             I
             do
             think
             fit
             to
             add
             in
             this
             place
             ,
             That
             my
             opinion
             is
             ,
             each
             Troop
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             be
             an
             hundred
             in
             strength
             ,
             besides
             Officers
             ,
             and
             each
             Troop
             ought
             to
             have
             two
             Quarter-Masters
             .
          
           
             Each
             Foot
             Company
             in
             my
             opinion
             should
             be
             an
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             strong
             ,
             besides
             Officers
             ,
             and
             each
             Company
             ought
             to
             have
             six
             Serjeants
             .
          
           
             Each
             Regiment
             of
             Horse
             in
             my
             opinion
             ought
             to
             be
             eight
             hundred
             in
             strength
             ,
             besides
             Officers
             ;
             and
             so
             many
             Regiments
             of
             Horse
             as
             there
             is
             in
             an
             Army
             ,
             so
             many
             Troops
             of
             Dragooners
             there
             ought
             
             to
             be
             of
             an
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             in
             strength
             ,
             besides
             Officers
             ,
             and
             each
             Troop
             of
             Dragooners
             ought
             to
             have
             six
             Serjeants
             .
          
           
             Each
             Regiment
             of
             Foot
             ought
             to
             be
             a
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             in
             strength
             ,
             besides
             Officers
             .
          
           
             Each
             Regiment
             of
             Dragooners
             must
             be
             in
             strength
             according
             unto
             the
             number
             of
             the
             Regiments
             of
             Horse
             that
             there
             is
             in
             an
             Army
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               X.
            
             Some
             Observations
             shewing
             how
             necessary
             it
             is
             to
             have
             Souldiers
             well
             Disciplined
             ,
             and
             well
             Exercised
             before
             they
             are
             brought
             to
             Fight
             .
          
           
             IT
             cannot
             be
             denied
             but
             Warlike
             Discipline
             ,
             and
             good
             Fortune
             were
             the
             raisers
             of
             the
             Roman
             Empire
             .
             And
             it
             is
             not
             length
             of
             life
             ,
             or
             number
             of
             years
             that
             teacheth
             the
             Art
             of
             War
             ,
             but
             continual
             Discipline
             ,
             and
             Meditation
             of
             Arms
             ,
             till
             a
             man
             hath
             with
             care
             and
             diligence
             imployed
             his
             study
             and
             labour
             therein
             .
             For
             upon
             the
             Foundation
             of
             Practice
             is
             grounded
             the
             Frame
             of
             sound
             and
             perfect
             skill
             .
             
               Plutarch
            
             speaketh
             this
             of
             the
             Victory
             which
             the
             
               Thebans
            
             had
             against
             the
             
               Lacedemonians
               ;
            
             the
             
               Thebans
            
             till
             that
             day
             had
             no
             reputation
             
             for
             Valour
             ,
             but
             afterward
             by
             exercise
             ,
             and
             use
             of
             Arms
             under
             
               Epaminondas
            
             and
             
               Pelopidas
            
             became
             the
             bravest
             Souldiers
             in
             
               Greece
               :
            
             Not
             unlike
             was
             the
             saying
             of
             
               Pyrrhus
            
             to
             his
             Muster-Master
             ,
             
               Choose
               you
               ,
            
             said
             he
             ,
             
               good
               Bodies
               ,
               and
               I
               will
               make
               them
               good
               Souldiers
               .
            
             This
             sheweth
             how
             necessary
             Discipline
             ,
             and
             Exercise
             is
             for
             the
             making
             of
             good
             Souldiers
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XI
               .
            
             Some
             Observations
             concerning
             a
             Train
             of
             Artillery
             ,
             and
             him
             that
             Commandeth
             it
             .
          
           
             THE
             General
             of
             the
             Ordnance
             ought
             to
             be
             a
             man
             generally
             experienced
             in
             all
             parts
             of
             Martial
             Discipline
             ,
             especially
             in
             all
             parts
             of
             the
             Mathematicks
             ,
             and
             in
             Gunnery
             .
             It
             is
             a
             place
             of
             great
             Honour
             ,
             and
             much
             Trouble
             ,
             and
             requireth
             much
             experience
             ,
             and
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             care
             ,
             and
             foresight
             for
             executing
             the
             place
             well
             .
             The
             General
             of
             the
             Ordnance
             ought
             to
             choose
             an
             able
             man
             to
             be
             a
             Lieutenant
             of
             the
             Ordnance
             ,
             and
             to
             take
             care
             that
             the
             chief
             Engineer
             be
             an
             able
             man
             ,
             and
             also
             the
             inferiour
             Engineers
             .
             The
             Master
             Gunner
             ought
             to
             be
             a
             very
             able
             man
             ,
             and
             the
             inferiour
             Gunners
             very
             good
             .
             The
             General
             of
             the
             Ordnance
             must
             likewise
             foresee
             that
             there
             be
             a
             skilful
             Fire-work-Master
             ;
             and
             that
             he
             be
             not
             only
             
             skilful
             ,
             but
             valiant
             ,
             and
             able
             to
             put
             his
             skill
             in
             execution
             .
             Likewise
             there
             ought
             to
             be
             provided
             good
             Battery-Masters
             ,
             and
             works
             Basis's
             .
             To
             setd
             own
             every
             particular
             thing
             ,
             and
             the
             Officers
             that
             belong
             to
             a
             Train
             of
             Artillery
             ,
             would
             require
             the
             labour
             of
             writing
             a
             Book
             by
             it self
             .
             Wherefore
             I
             will
             but
             touch
             on
             some
             particular
             things
             ,
             and
             places
             ,
             and
             leave
             the
             rest
             to
             the
             care
             of
             the
             General
             of
             the
             Ordnance
             ,
             to
             make
             choice
             of
             such
             Officers
             as
             a
             Train
             of
             Artillery
             requireth
             ,
             and
             he
             will
             have
             need
             of
             ;
             and
             to
             provide
             for
             every
             thing
             in
             particular
             ,
             according
             unto
             the
             designs
             that
             he
             shall
             take
             in
             hand
             .
          
           
             The
             General
             of
             the
             Ordnance
             ought
             to
             give
             special
             Order
             to
             his
             Master-Gunner
             ,
             that
             such
             Guns
             as
             he
             maketh
             choice
             of
             for
             his
             Train
             ,
             be
             diligently
             tried
             by
             him
             ,
             whether
             they
             be
             true
             boared
             ,
             or
             whether
             they
             have
             their
             full
             Metal
             :
             and
             that
             all
             the
             Field-Pieces
             that
             are
             made
             choice
             of
             for
             the
             Train
             be
             ten
             or
             twelve
             Foot
             long
             .
             The
             which
             you
             will
             find
             to
             be
             of
             great
             advantage
             in
             fighting
             a
             Battel
             with
             your
             Enemy
             ,
             whose
             Field-pieces
             are
             not
             so
             long
             .
             All
             your
             Pieces
             of
             Battery
             ought
             to
             have
             Block-Carriages
             ,
             besides
             their
             other
             Carriages
             ;
             and
             to
             each
             Piece
             of
             Battery
             two
             thick
             planks
             three
             inches
             thick
             ,
             and
             sixteen
             or
             eighteen
             inches
             broad
             ,
             and
             fourteen
             foot
             in
             length
             .
             The
             which
             planks
             may
             be
             easily
             carried
             upon
             your
             spare
             Carriages
             :
             and
             these
             planks
             will
             be
             always
             ready
             at
             hand
             ,
             and
             save
             planking
             of
             your
             Batteries
             .
             You
             ought
             to
             have
             the
             powder
             for
             your
             Cannon
             to
             be
             made
             up
             into
             Carthrages
             for
             all
             your
             Cannon
             ;
             and
             this
             way
             you
             will
             find
             less
             dangerous
             ,
             and
             
             much
             quicker
             for
             service
             ,
             than
             the
             charging
             of
             them
             with
             Ladles
             .
             The
             Waggons
             that
             carry
             your
             Powder
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             planked
             with
             thin
             planks
             on
             the
             sides
             ,
             and
             over
             at
             top
             .
             Then
             you
             may
             have
             Locks
             set
             on
             them
             ,
             and
             keep
             them
             locked
             ;
             by
             which
             means
             a
             Rogue
             will
             not
             be
             able
             easily
             to
             fire
             your
             Powder
             upon
             a
             March.
             
          
           
             It
             were
             very
             fit
             the
             Lieutenant
             of
             the
             Ordnance
             ,
             the
             Commissary
             of
             the
             Victuals
             ,
             and
             the
             Master
             of
             the
             Fireworks
             should
             have
             Companies
             of
             Fire-locks
             ,
             or
             Snapances
             of
             an
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             apiece
             ;
             the
             which
             Companies
             will
             serve
             to
             guard
             the
             Train
             upon
             a
             March
             ,
             and
             at
             night
             in
             their
             Quarters
             ,
             and
             free
             the
             Army
             from
             that
             Duty
             ,
             and
             be
             very
             serviceable
             upon
             divers
             other
             occasions
             .
             Cannon
             is
             a
             great
             clog
             to
             an
             Army
             upon
             a
             March
             ,
             but
             an
             Army
             which
             hath
             none
             ,
             can
             do
             no
             great
             Service
             :
             and
             therefore
             in
             these
             times
             the
             Artillery
             is
             an
             essential
             part
             of
             an
             Army
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             very
             fit
             a
             General
             of
             the
             Ordnance
             should
             have
             belonging
             to
             his
             Train
             some
             certain
             number
             of
             Boats
             ,
             or
             Punts
             with
             Carriages
             to
             carry
             them
             on
             ,
             for
             to
             make
             a
             Bridge
             over
             unpassable
             Rivers
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XII
               .
            
             Some
             Observations
             ,
             and
             Preparations
             to
             be
             observed
             by
             a
             General
             in
             Field-Service
             :
             also
             concerning
             Intelligences
             and
             Spies
             .
          
           
             AS
             soon
             as
             a
             General
             can
             get
             Provisions
             for
             his
             Horse
             ,
             it
             will
             be
             most
             advantageous
             for
             him
             to
             have
             all
             things
             in
             a
             readiness
             to
             take
             the
             Field
             .
             For
             if
             he
             take
             the
             Field
             before
             his
             Enemy
             ,
             he
             preventeth
             the
             Enemy
             of
             his
             Designs
             .
             A
             General
             ought
             to
             be
             careful
             before
             he
             taketh
             the
             Field
             with
             his
             Army
             ,
             that
             he
             provide
             for
             the
             punctual
             supplying
             of
             his
             Army
             with
             Mony
             ,
             Ammunition
             ,
             Victuals
             ,
             Arms
             ,
             Men
             ,
             Shoes
             ,
             Stockings
             ,
             Shirts
             :
             And
             seeing
             it
             is
             impossible
             for
             an
             Army
             upon
             a
             March
             to
             carry
             with
             them
             sufficient
             of
             all
             these
             necessaries
             ;
             therefore
             a
             General
             ought
             carefully
             to
             foresee
             ,
             as
             he
             advanceth
             any
             way
             with
             his
             Army
             ,
             that
             his
             Magazines
             for
             his
             Army
             be
             always
             so
             near
             him
             ,
             and
             so
             well
             stored
             with
             such
             things
             as
             he
             shall
             have
             occasion
             to
             use
             ,
             that
             his
             designs
             fail
             not
             for
             want
             of
             any
             of
             the
             aforesaid
             things
             .
             And
             he
             must
             be
             careful
             that
             his
             Enemy
             be
             never
             able
             to
             cut
             off
             his
             Provisions
             at
             any
             time
             ,
             or
             his
             Retreat
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             or
             Chief
             Commander
             ought
             to
             see
             that
             he
             doth
             not
             ruine
             his
             Army
             upon
             disadvantages
             ,
             
             either
             by
             engaging
             them
             unadvisedly
             in
             Battels
             ,
             or
             by
             assaulting
             Towns
             ,
             and
             Breaches
             rashly
             ,
             or
             by
             long
             Sieges
             ,
             or
             long
             Winter
             Services
             ,
             without
             good
             probability
             ,
             and
             assurance
             in
             the
             judgment
             of
             men
             to
             prevail
             .
             And
             he
             must
             take
             care
             always
             to
             joyn
             Judgment
             with
             Valour
             in
             all
             his
             Actions
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             ought
             carefully
             to
             lay
             hold
             on
             such
             occasions
             as
             offer
             themselves
             to
             defeat
             his
             Enemy
             ;
             and
             judiciously
             observe
             to
             know
             when
             to
             fight
             ,
             and
             when
             not
             .
          
           
             A
             good
             Commander
             ought
             wholly
             to
             avoid
             doing
             any
             thing
             ,
             which
             being
             but
             of
             small
             moment
             may
             only
             produce
             evil
             effects
             in
             his
             Army
             .
             For
             to
             begin
             a
             Skirmish
             ,
             or
             a
             Combate
             ,
             wherein
             the
             whole
             Forces
             are
             not
             imployed
             ,
             and
             yet
             the
             whole
             fortune
             is
             there
             laid
             to
             stake
             ,
             is
             a
             thing
             savouring
             too
             much
             of
             rashness
             :
             And
             yet
             I
             hold
             it
             fit
             that
             wise
             and
             experienced
             Commanders
             when
             they
             meet
             with
             a
             new
             Enemy
             that
             is
             of
             Reputation
             ,
             before
             they
             come
             to
             joyn
             ▪
             Battel
             ,
             should
             cause
             their
             Souldiers
             to
             make
             trial
             of
             them
             by
             some
             light
             Skirmishes
             ;
             to
             the
             end
             ,
             that
             beginning
             to
             know
             them
             ,
             and
             to
             have
             to
             deal
             with
             them
             ,
             they
             may
             be
             rid
             of
             that
             Terror
             which
             the
             Report
             and
             Reputation
             of
             these
             men
             have
             put
             them
             in
             .
             And
             this
             part
             in
             a
             General
             is
             of
             exceeding
             great
             importance
             ;
             for
             these
             small
             experiences
             made
             by
             the
             Souldiers
             will
             cause
             them
             to
             cast
             off
             that
             terror
             ,
             which
             by
             means
             of
             the
             Enemies
             Reputation
             had
             possessed
             them
             .
             Thus
             
               Livy
            
             saith
             ,
             that
             
               Valerius
               Corvinus
            
             was
             sent
             by
             the
             
               Romans
            
             to
             make
             some
             small
             
             Skirmishes
             with
             the
             
               Samnites
               ,
            
             that
             a
             new
             War
             ,
             and
             a
             new
             Enemy
             might
             not
             affright
             them
             :
             But
             a
             good
             Commander
             must
             be
             very
             careful
             that
             nothing
             arise
             ,
             which
             upon
             any
             accident
             may
             take
             away
             the
             Courage
             ,
             and
             Hearts
             of
             his
             Souldiers
             .
             Now
             that
             which
             may
             be
             of
             force
             to
             take
             away
             their
             Courage
             ,
             is
             to
             begin
             with
             loss
             .
             And
             therefore
             a
             Commander
             should
             be
             very
             careful
             how
             he
             engageth
             any
             of
             his
             Troops
             in
             small
             Skirmishes
             ;
             and
             that
             he
             send
             no
             parties
             out
             of
             his
             Army
             upon
             any
             occasion
             ,
             without
             taking
             care
             that
             they
             be
             commanded
             by
             good
             Commanders
             :
             and
             that
             the
             Officers
             that
             Command
             such
             Parties
             have
             Order
             not
             to
             engage
             themselves
             with
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             unless
             they
             have
             some
             certain
             hopes
             of
             Victory
             .
             Nor
             ought
             he
             to
             undertake
             to
             guard
             any
             passages
             ,
             where
             he
             cannot
             bring
             his
             whole
             Army
             together
             .
             Nor
             should
             he
             keep
             any
             Towns
             ,
             unless
             it
             be
             those
             ,
             upon
             loss
             whereof
             his
             utter
             ruine
             followeth
             .
             And
             those
             that
             he
             guardeth
             ,
             he
             should
             take
             such
             care
             both
             for
             their
             Defences
             ,
             and
             also
             with
             his
             Army
             ,
             that
             when-ever
             the
             Enemy
             hath
             any
             design
             to
             assail
             them
             ,
             he
             may
             make
             use
             of
             all
             his
             Forces
             to
             the
             rescue
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             have
             any
             certain
             hopes
             of
             starving
             your
             Enemy
             ,
             or
             putting
             him
             to
             a
             retreat
             for
             want
             of
             Provisions
             ,
             your
             securest
             way
             then
             will
             be
             not
             to
             fight
             with
             him
             ,
             especially
             if
             your
             Enemy
             be
             of
             equal
             strength
             with
             you
             ,
             or
             stronger
             than
             you
             are
             .
          
           
             If
             a
             Commander
             in
             Chief
             discovereth
             his
             Enemies
             Foot
             to
             be
             lodged
             in
             their
             night
             Quarters
             in
             a
             
             Campagnia
             with
             their
             Carriages
             ,
             it
             were
             good
             then
             to
             charge
             them
             in
             the
             night
             with
             so
             many
             Horse
             ,
             as
             you
             shall
             think
             fit
             in
             several
             places
             ;
             and
             leave
             part
             of
             your
             Horse
             and
             Dragoons
             to
             make
             good
             their
             retreat
             upon
             occasion
             .
             If
             it
             falleth
             so
             out
             that
             your
             Horse
             cannot
             totally
             rout
             your
             Enemies
             Foot
             ,
             let
             them
             have
             Order
             to
             fire
             their
             Ammunition
             ,
             and
             so
             retreat
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             very
             fit
             a
             General
             should
             often
             command
             his
             Horse
             and
             Dragoons
             to
             fall
             upon
             his
             Enemies
             outermost
             Horse-Quarters
             .
             The
             which
             is
             one
             of
             the
             readiest
             ,
             easiest
             ,
             and
             securest
             ways
             that
             I
             know
             of
             to
             break
             an
             Enemies
             Army
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             is
             not
             so
             much
             blamed
             for
             making
             trial
             of
             an
             ill-digested
             project
             ,
             as
             he
             will
             be
             for
             the
             obstinate
             continuing
             in
             the
             same
             .
             Therefore
             the
             speediest
             leaving
             of
             any
             such
             enterprise
             doth
             excuse
             the
             rashness
             ,
             which
             might
             be
             imputed
             to
             the
             beginning
             .
          
           
             Difficulties
             of
             extremity
             are
             never
             better
             cleared
             ,
             than
             by
             adventurous
             and
             desperate
             undertaking
             .
             And
             hence
             groweth
             the
             difference
             between
             true
             Valour
             ,
             and
             fool-hardy
             Rashness
             ,
             being
             but
             one
             and
             the
             same
             thing
             ,
             if
             they
             were
             not
             distinguished
             by
             the
             subject
             ,
             wherein
             they
             are
             shewed
             .
             For
             to
             run
             headlong
             into
             strange
             adventures
             upon
             no
             just
             occasion
             ,
             were
             to
             shew
             more
             levity
             ,
             than
             discretion
             :
             and
             again
             ,
             to
             use
             the
             like
             boldness
             in
             cases
             of
             extremity
             ,
             deserveth
             the
             opinion
             of
             vertuous
             endeavours
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             should
             always
             be
             careful
             so
             soon
             as
             
             he
             cometh
             out
             of
             the
             Field
             to
             visit
             his
             Frontier
             Towns
             ,
             and
             take
             with
             him
             some
             of
             his
             best
             Commanders
             ,
             and
             some
             of
             his
             choice
             Engineers
             ,
             and
             to
             see
             what
             Fortifications
             his
             Frontier
             Towns
             want
             ,
             and
             to
             give
             order
             for
             the
             repairing
             of
             such
             wants
             :
             and
             likewise
             to
             take
             care
             that
             the
             Magazines
             be
             furnished
             with
             a
             years
             provision
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             give
             especial
             Command
             to
             the
             Governours
             of
             his
             Frontier
             Towns
             to
             be
             careful
             by
             their
             vigilance
             and
             good
             itnelligence
             to
             prevent
             sudden
             surprises
             ,
             and
             valiantly
             to
             defend
             their
             Towns
             ,
             and
             providently
             to
             dispose
             of
             their
             provisions
             in
             case
             they
             should
             be
             besieged
             .
          
           
             Concerning
             Spies
             you
             must
             be
             always
             suspitious
             of
             them
             ;
             because
             as
             it
             is
             a
             dangerous
             task
             for
             him
             that
             undertaketh
             ,
             so
             it
             is
             also
             for
             him
             that
             imployeth
             them
             :
             And
             that
             Spies
             may
             not
             agree
             to
             give
             false
             advice
             ,
             they
             should
             be
             examined
             severally
             ,
             that
             by
             the
             agreement
             or
             disagreement
             of
             their
             advices
             ,
             you
             may
             judge
             whether
             they
             be
             good
             :
             and
             by
             the
             verification
             of
             those
             which
             speak
             true
             or
             false
             ,
             you
             shall
             know
             who
             betrayeth
             you
             ,
             or
             doth
             you
             true
             Service
             .
             But
             this
             is
             not
             all
             ,
             to
             beware
             of
             your
             own
             Spies
             ;
             you
             must
             also
             take
             heed
             of
             those
             of
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             which
             you
             must
             pre-suppose
             you
             have
             in
             your
             Camp
             For
             this
             reason
             ,
             besides
             the
             secresie
             which
             must
             be
             used
             in
             all
             enterprises
             ,
             it
             is
             good
             to
             give
             a
             charge
             by
             publishing
             (
             in
             a
             still
             way
             )
             that
             you
             have
             a
             quite
             contrary
             design
             to
             that
             which
             you
             purpose
             to
             put
             in
             execution
             ;
             that
             so
             these
             Spies
             may
             report
             it
             to
             the
             Enemy
             .
             But
             the
             most
             effectual
             means
             to
             be
             well
             served
             by
             these
             kind
             of
             men
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             very
             liberal
             to
             them
             ;
             for
             they
             are
             
             faithful
             to
             those
             who
             give
             them
             most
             .
             A
             General
             must
             take
             care
             that
             he
             have
             continually
             Spies
             in
             the
             Enemies
             Army
             ,
             to
             know
             when
             his
             Enemy
             moveth
             ,
             and
             what
             condition
             his
             Enemies
             Army
             is
             in
             ;
             and
             he
             ought
             to
             have
             in
             every
             Frontier
             Town
             of
             his
             Enemy
             some
             correspondence
             with
             some
             Town-dweller
             ,
             or
             Souldier
             of
             the
             Garrison
             ,
             that
             by
             them
             he
             may
             understand
             from
             time
             to
             time
             what
             condition
             his
             Enemies
             Garrisons
             are
             in
             .
             And
             if
             the
             Enemy
             draweth
             any
             Forces
             to
             an
             head
             at
             any
             of
             his
             Frontier
             Towns
             ,
             let
             the
             aforesaid
             people
             give
             the
             Governour
             of
             your
             next
             Garrisons
             notice
             of
             it
             .
             You
             ought
             to
             know
             that
             Intelligence
             is
             the
             most
             powerful
             means
             to
             undertake
             brave
             Designs
             ,
             and
             to
             avoid
             great
             Ruines
             :
             and
             it
             is
             the
             chiefest
             Foundation
             upon
             which
             all
             Generals
             do
             ground
             their
             Actions
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             that
             Commandeth
             an
             Army
             ,
             and
             seeth
             that
             for
             want
             of
             Mony
             he
             cannot
             keep
             them
             long
             together
             ,
             is
             unwise
             if
             he
             ventureth
             not
             his
             Fortune
             before
             his
             Army
             falleth
             asunder
             :
             For
             by
             delaying
             he
             certainly
             loseth
             ;
             whereas
             hazarding
             he
             might
             overcome
             .
             Another
             thing
             there
             is
             yet
             much
             to
             be
             accounted
             of
             ,
             which
             is
             ,
             that
             a
             man
             ought
             (
             even
             in
             his
             losing
             )
             seek
             to
             gain
             Glory
             by
             being
             overcome
             by
             force
             ,
             than
             by
             any
             other
             inconvenience
             .
          
           
             The
             principal
             Heads
             of
             War
             for
             Field-Service
             ,
             are
             the
             Art
             of
             Marching
             ,
             Incamping
             ,
             Imbatteling
             ,
             and
             to
             know
             the
             ways
             how
             to
             procure
             good
             Intelligence
             ,
             and
             providently
             and
             skilfully
             to
             get
             Provisions
             fit
             for
             his
             Army
             ,
             and
             his
             Designs
             ,
             and
             not
             
             to
             ground
             his
             foundations
             upon
             vain
             imagination
             .
          
           
             In
             matter
             of
             War
             the
             motions
             ought
             to
             be
             quick
             ,
             where
             the
             least
             moment
             of
             time
             oft
             carrieth
             the
             whole
             business
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             necessary
             in
             War
             oftentimes
             to
             change
             Counsels
             according
             to
             the
             variety
             of
             the
             accidents
             .
          
           
             In
             execution
             of
             Designs
             of
             War
             ,
             good
             judgment
             ought
             to
             ground
             them
             ,
             and
             diligent
             expedition
             put
             them
             into
             Act
             on
             For
             the
             least
             fault
             or
             stay
             that
             a
             man
             commiteth
             may
             give
             leasure
             ,
             and
             occasion
             for
             the
             Enemy
             to
             provide
             ,
             that
             all
             the
             plots
             ,
             and
             counsels
             how
             good
             soever
             shall
             serve
             to
             no
             purpose
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XIII
               .
            
             What
             strength
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             be
             from
             four
             thousand
             to
             ten
             thousand
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             to
             March
             in
             an
             Army
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             are
             to
             Fight
             a
             Battel
             ;
             or
             if
             Foot
             be
             to
             Fight
             on
             the
             Flanks
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             or
             when
             they
             come
             to
             be
             Embattelled
             to
             Fight
             on
             the
             Flanks
             of
             an
             Army
             .
             That
             small
             Divisions
             both
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             are
             much
             better
             than
             great
             Divisions
             for
             Service
             either
             in
             Campagnia
             ,
             or
             within
             Enclosures
             ;
             because
             they
             are
             not
             so
             apt
             to
             fall
             into
             Disorder
             ,
             and
             are
             much
             more
             ready
             to
             be
             commanded
             upon
             all
             occasions
             .
          
           
             AN
             Army
             which
             is
             imbattelled
             in
             small
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ,
             is
             not
             so
             easily
             routed
             as
             that
             Army
             which
             is
             imbattelled
             in
             great
             Divisions
             .
             And
             small
             Divisions
             are
             much
             more
             ready
             than
             great
             Divisions
             :
             for
             besides
             seconding
             one
             another
             ,
             and
             wheeling
             upon
             all
             occasions
             ,
             they
             will
             likewise
             out-front
             an
             Army
             which
             is
             imbattelled
             in
             great
             Divisions
             :
             The
             which
             is
             one
             of
             the
             greatest
             advantages
             that
             can
             be
             taken
             in
             the
             imbattelling
             of
             an
             Army
             .
             Also
             
             small
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             are
             much
             readier
             for
             Service
             ,
             where
             you
             cannot
             imbattel
             them
             according
             to
             the
             rules
             of
             Art
             ,
             by
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             or
             within
             inclosures
             ,
             or
             where
             the
             brevity
             of
             the
             time
             will
             not
             give
             you
             leave
             .
             To
             conclude
             ,
             an
             Army
             that
             is
             imbattelled
             in
             small
             Divisions
             is
             much
             more
             troublesome
             for
             an
             Enemy
             to
             deal
             withal
             ,
             than
             an
             Army
             that
             is
             imbattelled
             in
             great
             Divisions
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             most
             convenient
             ,
             and
             ready
             to
             have
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ,
             to
             March
             at
             the
             same
             strength
             ,
             or
             some
             ten
             or
             twelve
             men
             more
             in
             a
             Division
             ,
             than
             you
             intend
             to
             fight
             them
             in
             a
             Battel
             :
             by
             this
             means
             your
             Army
             will
             be
             much
             readier
             ,
             and
             sooner
             imbattelled
             upon
             all
             occasions
             .
             If
             you
             fight
             your
             Horse
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             on
             the
             Flanks
             of
             your
             Body
             of
             Foot
             (
             which
             is
             the
             usual
             way
             of
             placing
             the
             Horse
             :
             )
             and
             if
             you
             intend
             to
             Skirmish
             in
             the
             day
             of
             Battel
             with
             a
             small
             Division
             of
             Foot
             on
             each
             flank
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             (
             which
             I
             hold
             to
             be
             the
             best
             and
             strongest
             way
             of
             imbattelling
             your
             wings
             of
             Horse
             )
             provide
             always
             that
             your
             Musqueteers
             in
             each
             Division
             of
             Foot
             ,
             that
             are
             to
             Skirmish
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             in
             a
             Day
             of
             Battel
             ,
             be
             so
             ordered
             that
             they
             may
             be
             sheltred
             by
             Pikes
             from
             the
             Force
             of
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             .
             And
             in
             what
             order
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             shall
             fight
             in
             a
             Day
             of
             Battel
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             so
             as
             to
             have
             the
             Musqueteers
             sheltered
             by
             the
             Pikes
             from
             the
             force
             of
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             ,
             shall
             be
             demonstrated
             unto
             you
             in
             the
             following
             figures
             .
          
           
           
             If
             your
             strength
             of
             Horse
             be
             four
             thousand
             ,
             and
             if
             they
             be
             to
             fight
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             a
             Body
             of
             Foot
             ,
             and
             each
             division
             of
             Horse
             to
             have
             a
             division
             of
             Foot
             fighting
             on
             each
             flank
             ,
             then
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             be
             forty
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             three
             deep
             ;
             and
             so
             the
             strength
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             will
             be
             an
             hundred
             and
             twenty
             .
             If
             your
             strength
             of
             Horse
             be
             five
             thousand
             ,
             then
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             be
             an
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             strong
             ,
             fifty
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             three
             deep
             .
             If
             your
             strength
             of
             Horse
             be
             six
             thousand
             ,
             or
             ten
             thousand
             ,
             then
             ought
             you
             to
             have
             an
             hundred
             and
             eighty
             in
             a
             Division
             ,
             sixty
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             three
             deep
             .
             And
             of
             this
             strength
             (
             as
             is
             aforesaid
             )
             ought
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             to
             be
             .
             If
             you
             intend
             to
             fight
             Foot
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             in
             a
             Battel
             ,
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             that
             shall
             fight
             on
             each
             flank
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             shall
             be
             in
             strength
             twelve
             files
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             twelve
             files
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             which
             in
             all
             make
             a
             Body
             ,
             or
             a
             Division
             of
             an
             hundred
             forty
             four
             men
             .
             And
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             when
             you
             come
             to
             imbattel
             them
             to
             fight
             ,
             you
             must
             place
             a
             Division
             of
             Foot
             of
             an
             hundred
             forty
             four
             men
             ,
             half
             Pikes
             and
             half
             Musqueteers
             .
             The
             order
             how
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             shall
             march
             together
             when
             they
             come
             near
             an
             Enemy
             ,
             and
             how
             they
             shall
             imbattel
             ,
             and
             skirmish
             ,
             shall
             be
             demonstrated
             in
             the
             following
             Figures
             .
             The
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             before
             spoken
             of
             ,
             will
             serve
             to
             fight
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             any
             Division
             of
             Horse
             of
             what
             strength
             you
             please
             to
             have
             them
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             first
             place
             ,
             for
             your
             better
             understanding
             of
             this
             new
             way
             of
             Discipline
             (
             the
             which
             I
             am
             
             well
             assured
             you
             will
             find
             very
             serviceable
             and
             advantageous
             against
             an
             Enemy
             ,
             if
             you
             make
             use
             of
             it
             )
             I
             will
             demonstrate
             unto
             you
             in
             the
             following
             Figure
             ,
             in
             what
             order
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             and
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             shall
             stand
             ready
             to
             march
             ,
             to
             be
             imbattelled
             when
             occasion
             shall
             serve
             .
             The
             which
             order
             must
             be
             observed
             by
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Divisions
             .
             By
             this
             means
             you
             may
             understand
             how
             all
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             that
             are
             to
             fight
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             an
             Army
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             may
             be
             ordered
             for
             a
             march
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             in
             readiness
             to
             be
             imbattelled
             ,
             when
             an
             Army
             cometh
             near
             the
             Enemy
             .
          
           
             These
             Figures
             following
             lettered
             with
             
               A
               B
               C
               D
               E
               F
               G
               ,
            
             shew
             you
             the
             order
             of
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             (
             I
             mean
             those
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             that
             are
             to
             be
             imbattelled
             together
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             the
             Body
             of
             Foot
             )
             to
             be
             ready
             to
             march
             when
             occasion
             shall
             serve
             ,
             or
             to
             be
             imbattelled
             .
             And
             this
             order
             which
             shall
             be
             here
             set
             down
             for
             this
             one
             Division
             of
             Horse
             figured
             with
             the
             Letter
             
               A
            
             in
             the
             following
             Figure
             ,
             and
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             figured
             with
             the
             Letters
             
               B
               C
               D
               E
               F
               G
               ,
            
             the
             same
             order
             ought
             to
             be
             observed
             after
             the
             same
             manner
             for
             a
             march
             when
             you
             come
             near
             an
             Enemy
             .
             By
             this
             means
             your
             Army
             will
             be
             much
             the
             sooner
             imbattelled
             upon
             any
             occasion
             ,
             and
             always
             in
             a
             readiness
             to
             receive
             your
             Enemy
             :
             if
             so
             be
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ,
             when
             they
             march
             ,
             be
             of
             the
             same
             strength
             as
             you
             desire
             to
             have
             them
             when
             they
             are
             imbattelled
             to
             fight
             ,
             and
             that
             you
             march
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             by
             Brigades
             as
             you
             do
             intend
             to
             fight
             them
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Figure
             before
             ,
             figured
             with
             the
             letter
             
               A
               ,
            
             standeth
             for
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ;
             the
             order
             that
             they
             are
             in
             ,
             in
             rank
             and
             file
             ,
             is
             their
             order
             .
             The
             figures
             figured
             with
             
               B
               C
               D
               E
               F
               G
               ,
            
             are
             small
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             ,
             the
             which
             shall
             be
             at
             large
             demonstrated
             in
             this
             following
             observation
             :
             the
             order
             that
             they
             stand
             at
             in
             rank
             and
             file
             ,
             is
             their
             order
             ,
             
               viz.
            
             three
             foot
             in
             file
             ,
             and
             six
             in
             rank
             .
             The
             distance
             of
             ground
             between
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueeteers
             
               D
               F
            
             and
             the
             Division
             of
             Horse
             
               A
               ,
            
             is
             thirty
             paces
             ,
             three
             feet
             to
             the
             pace
             .
             And
             this
             distance
             of
             ground
             of
             thirty
             paces
             between
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueeters
             
               D
               F
               ,
            
             and
             the
             Division
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               A
            
             ought
             to
             be
             when
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             are
             imbattelled
             to
             fight
             .
             The
             distance
             of
             ground
             between
             the
             Division
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             and
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Pikes
             is
             twelve
             Footmen
             .
             Which
             are
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             which
             are
             Musqueteers
             this
             following
             demonstration
             will
             declare
             unto
             you
             .
             The
             figure
             before
             ,
             figured
             with
             the
             letter
             
               A
               ,
            
             is
             a
             Division
             
             of
             Horse
             of
             threescore
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             three
             deep
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             strength
             of
             the
             Division
             is
             an
             hundred
             and
             eighty
             Horse
             .
             The
             figure
             with
             six
             files
             ,
             and
             six
             ranks
             of
             small
             pricks
             figured
             with
             the
             letter
             
               C
               ,
            
             is
             a
             Division
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             in
             strength
             six
             and
             thirty
             ,
             each
             small
             prick
             standing
             for
             a
             Musqueteer
             .
             The
             figure
             figured
             with
             the
             Letter
             
               B
            
             with
             cross
             strokes
             ,
             is
             a
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             of
             twelve
             files
             and
             six
             deep
             .
             The
             strength
             of
             the
             Division
             is
             seventy
             two
             Pikemen
             ,
             and
             each
             stroke
             standing
             in
             way
             of
             a
             rank
             standeth
             for
             a
             rank
             of
             Pikes
             being
             twelve
             in
             rank
             ;
             and
             each
             stroke
             standing
             in
             way
             of
             a
             file
             is
             to
             be
             accounted
             for
             a
             File
             six
             deep
             .
             The
             figure
             figured
             with
             the
             letter
             
               D
            
             is
             a
             Division
             of
             ▪
             Musqueteers
             of
             the
             same
             strength
             that
             the
             figure
             
               C
            
             is
             .
             The
             figures
             figured
             with
             the
             Letters
             
               E
               F
               G
               ,
            
             are
             the
             same
             that
             
               B
               C
               D
               ,
            
             and
             the
             little
             small
             strokes
             in
             the
             Front
             ,
             Reer
             ,
             and
             Flanks
             of
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             stand
             for
             Officers
             .
             When
             these
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             Horse
             are
             to
             march
             away
             by
             small
             sub-divisions
             ,
             as
             the
             way
             will
             give
             leave
             ;
             then
             the
             right-hand
             division
             of
             Foot
             figured
             with
             
               B
               C
               D
            
             is
             first
             to
             march
             away
             :
             next
             ,
             the
             Division
             of
             Horse
             signified
             by
             the
             Letter
             
               A
               ,
            
             then
             the
             left-hand
             Division
             of
             Foot
             figured
             with
             the
             Letters
             
               E
               F
               G
            
             is
             to
             follow
             the
             Division
             of
             Horse
             figured
             with
             the
             Letter
             
               A.
            
             You
             are
             to
             appoint
             to
             every
             Division
             of
             Horse
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             ,
             like
             as
             you
             see
             in
             this
             former
             figure
             of
             
               A
               B
               C
               D
               E
               F
               G
               ,
            
             if
             your
             Foot
             will
             hold
             out
             to
             do
             it
             .
             If
             you
             have
             not
             so
             many
             as
             to
             do
             it
             ,
             you
             ought
             not
             to
             fail
             to
             flank
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             in
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             your
             Army
             with
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             ,
             as
             is
             set
             down
             in
             the
             former
             figure
             .
             And
             each
             Musqueteer
             of
             
             those
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             which
             are
             to
             be
             imbattelled
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             have
             ,
             when
             they
             come
             to
             encounter
             with
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             two
             pair
             of
             Bandaliers
             ,
             or
             a
             pair
             of
             Bandaliers
             ,
             and
             a
             dozen
             of
             Charrages
             in
             each
             Musqueteers
             Pocket
             .
             Likewise
             each
             Musqueteer
             ought
             to
             have
             twelve
             spare
             Botlets
             besides
             his
             Bandaliers
             furnished
             with
             Powder
             and
             Bullet
             :
             and
             each
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             ought
             to
             have
             a
             Powder-Bag
             full
             of
             Powder
             carried
             along
             with
             them
             .
             All
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             that
             are
             to
             be
             imbattelled
             together
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             your
             Army
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             ,
             for
             the
             Wings
             of
             your
             Battel
             being
             divided
             into
             Brigades
             ,
             are
             to
             march
             after
             this
             order
             as
             is
             here
             set
             down
             for
             the
             marching
             of
             this
             one
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             and
             two
             of
             Foot
             when
             you
             are
             near
             an
             Enemy
             and
             marching
             towards
             him
             .
             This
             way
             of
             fighting
             Foot
             amongst
             Horse
             is
             much
             the
             stronger
             way
             of
             Imbattelling
             an
             Army
             in
             my
             judgment
             then
             any
             other
             that
             I
             have
             either
             seen
             or
             read
             of
             :
             and
             hereafter
             in
             a
             fit
             place
             I
             shall
             shew
             sufficient
             reason
             for
             to
             prove
             it
             so
             to
             be
             .
          
           
             The
             following
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             Letters
             
               HIKLMNO
               ,
            
             shall
             shew
             you
             in
             what
             manner
             the
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             that
             are
             imbattelled
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             the
             foregoing
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               ABCDEFG
               ,
            
             how
             ,
             I
             say
             ,
             the
             aforesaid
             Musqueteers
             shall
             be
             drawn
             into
             a
             fit
             Order
             to
             give
             fire
             on
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             or
             Foot
             upon
             any
             occasion
             .
          
           
             The
             words
             of
             Command
             that
             you
             are
             to
             give
             
             to
             the
             Musqueteers
             to
             bring
             them
             into
             the
             Order
             of
             the
             following
             Figures
             
               KLNO
               ,
            
             from
             the
             Order
             of
             the
             foregoing
             figures
             
               CDFG
               ,
            
             are
             these
             words
             of
             Command
             which
             follow
             .
             Command
             the
             two
             first
             Ranks
             of
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             Letters
             
               C
            
             and
             
               D
            
             to
             march
             forwards
             till
             the
             two
             last
             ranks
             of
             the
             aforesaid
             two
             ranks
             of
             both
             the
             Divisions
             be
             twelve
             foot
             beyond
             the
             front
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             then
             command
             them
             to
             stand
             ;
             then
             command
             the
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             that
             belong
             to
             the
             Division
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               C
               ,
            
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             ,
             and
             the
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               D
               ,
            
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             :
             then
             command
             these
             four
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             the
             which
             are
             now
             files
             ,
             to
             march
             forwards
             till
             they
             meet
             .
             Then
             command
             those
             Musqueteers
             which
             before
             did
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             ,
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             ,
             and
             those
             Musqueteers
             which
             did
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             ,
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             ,
             and
             file
             even
             with
             the
             Pikes
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             two
             last
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             of
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               CD
               ,
            
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             about
             ,
             and
             march
             forward
             ,
             till
             the
             two
             reer
             ranks
             of
             both
             the
             Divisions
             be
             twelve
             feet
             beyond
             the
             reer
             rank
             of
             Pikes
             in
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               B.
            
             Then
             command
             the
             four
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             stand
             ,
             commanding
             the
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             that
             belong
             to
             the
             Division
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               C
               ,
            
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             ,
             and
             the
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               D
               ,
            
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             
             four
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             which
             are
             now
             files
             ,
             to
             march
             forwards
             ,
             and
             meet
             in
             the
             reer
             of
             the
             Pikes
             .
             Then
             command
             those
             Musqueteers
             which
             did
             before
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             ,
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             again
             ,
             and
             those
             Musqueteers
             which
             did
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             ,
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             again
             ,
             and
             file
             even
             with
             the
             Pikes
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             two
             middlemost
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             which
             are
             left
             of
             both
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               C
            
             and
             
               D
            
             to
             march
             forward
             ,
             and
             front
             even
             with
             the
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             front
             of
             the
             Pikes
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             Division
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               H
            
             to
             close
             their
             ranks
             and
             files
             to
             their
             close
             Order
             :
             and
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               B
               ,
            
             and
             the
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             which
             are
             now
             in
             the
             reer
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             to
             close
             their
             ranks
             and
             files
             to
             their
             close
             order
             .
          
           
             The
             same
             words
             of
             Command
             and
             Order
             must
             be
             observed
             by
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               GF
               ,
            
             as
             is
             here
             set
             down
             ,
             and
             observed
             by
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             
               C
            
             and
             
               D.
            
             And
             these
             words
             of
             Command
             which
             are
             here
             set
             down
             ,
             will
             bring
             the
             former
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               ABCDEFG
               ,
            
             into
             the
             form
             and
             order
             of
             this
             following
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               HIKLMNOPQRS
               .
            
          
           
           
             By
             the
             words
             of
             Command
             which
             are
             before
             set
             down
             ,
             the
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             former
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               ABCDEFG
            
             are
             brought
             into
             this
             order
             and
             form
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             the
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               HIKLMNOPQRS
               .
            
             Now
             what
             order
             this
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             foregoing
             letters
             is
             in
             ,
             I
             will
             here
             declare
             unto
             you
             .
          
           
             The
             Division
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               H
            
             is
             threescore
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             three
             deep
             ,
             who
             are
             now
             at
             their
             close
             order
             in
             rank
             and
             file
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             a
             foot
             and
             half
             in
             file
             ,
             and
             six
             in
             rank
             .
             Likewise
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               I
            
             and
             
               O
            
             on
             the
             flanks
             ,
             and
             the
             four
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             reer
             of
             the
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               L
            
             and
             
               Q
            
             are
             at
             their
             close
             order
             in
             rank
             and
             file
             ,
             the
             which
             is
             one
             foot
             and
             an
             half
             in
             file
             ,
             and
             three
             in
             rank
             .
             Also
             the
             three
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               MKNRPS
            
             are
             at
             their
             order
             in
             rank
             and
             file
             ;
             the
             which
             is
             three
             foot
             in
             file
             ,
             and
             six
             in
             rank
             .
             These
             twelve
             ranks
             of
             
             Musqueteers
             ,
             which
             are
             in
             the
             front
             stand
             ready
             to
             advance
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             against
             an
             Enemy
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             commanded
             to
             make
             ready
             ,
             and
             give
             fire
             on
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             or
             Foot
             ,
             as
             occasion
             shall
             serve
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             the
             figures
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               M
               K
               N
               R
               P
               S.
               
            
          
           
             When
             these
             twelve
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             which
             are
             in
             the
             front
             ,
             are
             commanded
             to
             give
             fire
             upon
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             you
             must
             command
             them
             to
             do
             it
             in
             this
             manner
             :
             Command
             the
             twelve
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               M
               K
               N
               R
               P
               S
            
             to
             make
             ready
             :
             being
             ready
             ,
             command
             them
             to
             present
             ,
             the
             which
             you
             must
             command
             them
             to
             do
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             Let
             the
             first
             six
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             before
             spoken
             of
             present
             ,
             kneeling
             upon
             their
             right
             knees
             ;
             then
             let
             the
             six
             last
             ranks
             of
             the
             former
             twelve
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             move
             up
             close
             to
             the
             first
             six
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             which
             are
             presenting
             and
             kneeling
             on
             their
             right
             knees
             .
             Then
             command
             all
             the
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             six
             last
             ranks
             to
             step
             forward
             with
             their
             right
             legs
             within
             the
             in-side
             of
             their
             Leaders
             right
             legs
             ,
             and
             step
             forward
             with
             their
             left
             legs
             close
             up
             to
             their
             Leaders
             left
             legs
             without-side
             of
             their
             Leaders
             left
             legs
             ,
             presenting
             their
             Musquet
             over
             their
             Leaders
             heads
             in
             the
             first
             ranks
             .
             The
             twelve
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             Letters
             
               M
               K
               N
               R
               P
               S
            
             being
             thus
             presented
             as
             is
             here
             set
             down
             ,
             command
             them
             to
             give
             fire
             together
             ;
             and
             when
             they
             have
             given
             fire
             ,
             command
             them
             to
             advance
             easily
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Foot
             and
             Horse
             ,
             and
             make
             ready
             again
             ,
             and
             give
             fire
             after
             
             the
             same
             manner
             again
             ,
             as
             is
             before
             spoken
             of
             ,
             and
             so
             often
             as
             you
             please
             .
             The
             four
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             which
             are
             in
             the
             reer
             of
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               L
            
             and
             
               Q
            
             will
             serve
             ,
             if
             any
             of
             your
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             front
             shall
             be
             hurt
             or
             slain
             .
          
           
             Now
             I
             have
             shewed
             you
             how
             the
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             ,
             which
             are
             to
             fight
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             ,
             are
             to
             give
             fire
             on
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             .
             I
             will
             now
             shew
             you
             in
             the
             next
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             of
             1
             2
             3
             4
             5
             6
             7
             8
             9
             10
             11
             12
             ,
             how
             the
             Musqueteers
             shall
             be
             sheltered
             by
             the
             Pikes
             from
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             ,
             when
             they
             shall
             charge
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             ,
             which
             are
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             .
             But
             first
             I
             will
             set
             down
             the
             way
             how
             you
             shall
             bring
             the
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             former
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               M
               N
               R
               S
            
             to
             the
             order
             as
             you
             shall
             see
             them
             in
             this
             following
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             1
             2
             3
             4
             5
             6
             7
             8
             9
             10
             11
             12.
             
             You
             must
             command
             the
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             six
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             two
             deep
             on
             the
             right
             hand
             Division
             of
             Foot
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               M
               ,
            
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             ,
             and
             command
             an
             Officer
             to
             lead
             them
             down
             on
             the
             right
             hand
             flank
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               I
               ,
            
             keeping
             one
             foot
             and
             an
             half
             distance
             from
             the
             right
             hand
             file
             of
             the
             aforesaid
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             until
             he
             bring
             the
             two
             men
             that
             were
             the
             left
             hand
             men
             of
             the
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               M
               ,
            
             even
             with
             the
             bringers
             up
             of
             the
             right
             hand
             file
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             
             with
             the
             Letter
             
               I.
            
             Then
             command
             them
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             about
             ,
             and
             close
             their
             ranks
             and
             files
             to
             their
             close
             order
             .
             After
             that
             ,
             command
             the
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             six
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             two
             deep
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             of
             the
             aforesaid
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               N
               ,
            
             command
             ,
             I
             say
             ,
             those
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             ,
             and
             command
             an
             Officer
             to
             lead
             them
             down
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             ,
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             flank
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               I
               ,
            
             keeping
             one
             foot
             and
             an
             half
             distance
             from
             the
             left
             hand
             file
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               I
               ,
            
             until
             he
             bringeth
             the
             two
             men
             that
             were
             the
             right
             hand
             men
             of
             the
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               N
            
             even
             with
             the
             bringers
             up
             of
             the
             left
             hand
             file
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               I.
            
             Then
             command
             the
             two
             files
             of
             Musqueteers
             (
             the
             which
             were
             before
             ranks
             )
             which
             you
             have
             drawn
             down
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             flank
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               I
               ,
            
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             about
             :
             then
             command
             them
             to
             close
             their
             ranks
             and
             files
             to
             their
             close
             order
             .
             The
             same
             order
             must
             be
             observed
             with
             the
             four
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             six
             in
             front
             and
             two
             deep
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               R
            
             and
             
               S
            
             on
             the
             right
             and
             left
             hand
             of
             the
             left
             hand
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               O
               ,
            
             as
             is
             here
             before
             set
             down
             for
             the
             four
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               M
            
             and
             
               N.
            
             Then
             command
             the
             four
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               K
            
             and
             
               P
            
             to
             close
             their
             ranks
             and
             files
             to
             their
             close
             order
             .
             And
             these
             words
             of
             Command
             before
             set
             down
             will
             bring
             the
             former
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
             
               I
               K
               L
               M
               N
               O
               P
               Q
               R
               S
            
             to
             the
             order
             of
             this
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             of
             1
             2
             3
             4
             5
             6
             7
             8
             9
             10
             11
             12.
             
          
           
           
             By
             these
             words
             of
             Command
             before
             set
             down
             ,
             you
             see
             the
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               M
               N
               R
               S
               P
               K
            
             in
             the
             figure
             before
             this
             former
             figure
             ,
             are
             now
             brought
             into
             this
             order
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             this
             figure
             before
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             of
             5
             6
             11
             12
             9
             3
             under
             shelter
             of
             the
             Pikes
             :
             The
             Musqueteers
             and
             Pikes
             being
             at
             their
             close
             order
             standing
             in
             a
             readiness
             to
             receive
             a
             charge
             from
             Horse
             ,
             and
             the
             Pikes
             to
             shelter
             the
             Musqueteers
             every
             way
             upon
             occasion
             from
             the
             force
             of
             the
             Horse
             .
             The
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             1
             ,
             is
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             threescore
             in
             front
             and
             three
             deep
             ,
             being
             at
             their
             close
             order
             .
             The
             way
             how
             the
             Musqueteers
             shall
             be
             sheltred
             by
             the
             Pikes
             from
             Horse
             ,
             I
             will
             here
             declare
             unto
             you
             :
             Command
             the
             two
             right
             hand
             files
             ,
             and
             the
             two
             left
             hand
             files
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             2
             (
             the
             which
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             is
             twelve
             files
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             six
             deep
             )
             to
             charge
             to
             their
             right
             ,
             and
             left
             hands
             :
             the
             two
             
             right
             hand
             files
             to
             the
             right
             hand
             ,
             and
             the
             two
             left
             hand
             files
             of
             Pikes
             to
             the
             left
             hand
             over
             the
             shoulders
             of
             the
             Musqueteers
             on
             the
             right
             and
             left
             hand
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             5
             and
             6
             :
             commanding
             these
             four
             files
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             aforesaid
             two
             figures
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             and
             left
             hands
             .
             When
             the
             two
             right
             hand
             files
             ,
             and
             the
             two
             left
             hand
             files
             of
             Pikes
             of
             the
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             2
             ,
             are
             commanded
             to
             charge
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             hands
             ,
             then
             command
             the
             other
             eight
             files
             of
             Pikes
             of
             the
             figure
             2
             ,
             which
             have
             not
             as
             yet
             charged
             their
             Pikes
             ,
             I
             say
             ,
             command
             the
             three
             first
             ranks
             of
             those
             eight
             files
             to
             charge
             their
             Pikes
             to
             the
             front
             over
             the
             shoulders
             of
             the
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             3.
             
             Then
             command
             the
             three
             last
             ranks
             of
             Pikes
             of
             the
             eight
             files
             of
             Pikes
             to
             charge
             to
             the
             reer
             over
             the
             shoulders
             of
             the
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             4.
             
             And
             these
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             reer
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             4
             must
             observe
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             about
             ,
             when
             the
             Pikes
             are
             commanded
             to
             charge
             to
             the
             reer
             .
          
           
             The
             same
             Order
             and
             words
             of
             Command
             ,
             the
             which
             are
             here
             set
             down
             for
             the
             right
             hand
             Division
             of
             Foot
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             2
             3
             4
             5
             6
             7
             must
             be
             observed
             by
             the
             Officers
             of
             the
             left
             hand
             Division
             of
             Foot
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             7
             8
             9
             10
             11
             12.
             
             The
             Musqueteers
             which
             are
             placed
             without-side
             of
             the
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             3
             4
             5
             6
             9
             10
             11
             12
             must
             stand
             ready
             with
             their
             Matches
             ,
             Cocks
             ,
             and
             Pans
             guarded
             ,
             and
             ready
             to
             give
             fire
             either
             by
             one
             
             rank
             at
             a
             time
             ,
             or
             two
             ranks
             ,
             as
             the
             Officers
             shall
             see
             occasion
             to
             command
             them
             ,
             which
             must
             be
             done
             after
             this
             manner
             :
             If
             you
             command
             only
             the
             outermost
             ranks
             to
             give
             fire
             ,
             then
             must
             you
             command
             them
             to
             present
             kneeling
             on
             their
             right
             knees
             ,
             and
             command
             them
             to
             level
             so
             low
             ,
             that
             they
             shoot
             at
             the
             Horse
             legs
             ,
             and
             by
             that
             means
             they
             will
             shoot
             clear
             under
             the
             tops
             of
             your
             Pikes
             being
             charged
             .
             If
             you
             please
             to
             command
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             give
             fire
             at
             one
             time
             ,
             the
             Musqueteers
             being
             ready
             to
             present
             command
             your
             Pikemen
             to
             port
             their
             Pikes
             :
             then
             command
             all
             your
             Musqueteers
             to
             present
             ,
             the
             first
             rank
             of
             Musqueteers
             kneeling
             on
             their
             right
             knees
             ,
             the
             second
             rank
             of
             Musqueteers
             must
             move
             up
             close
             to
             the
             first
             rank
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             every
             Musqueteer
             in
             the
             second
             rank
             stepping
             forward
             with
             his
             right
             leg
             within
             the
             inside
             of
             their
             Leaders
             right
             legs
             ,
             and
             step
             forwards
             with
             their
             left
             legs
             close
             up
             by
             their
             Leaders
             left
             legs
             without-side
             of
             their
             Leaders
             left
             legs
             ,
             and
             so
             present
             their
             Musquets
             over
             their
             Leaders
             heads
             .
             After
             the
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             first
             rank
             have
             thus
             presented
             ,
             command
             them
             to
             give
             fire
             ;
             then
             may
             you
             ,
             if
             occasion
             serve
             ,
             command
             your
             Pikemen
             to
             charge
             their
             Pikes
             again
             ,
             and
             your
             Musqueteers
             to
             make
             ready
             again
             .
          
           
             But
             here
             some
             may
             object
             ,
             that
             if
             any
             one
             of
             these
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             2
             3
             4
             5
             6
             7
             8
             9
             10
             11
             12
             should
             be
             charged
             by
             Horse
             several
             ways
             at
             once
             ,
             then
             the
             four
             corners
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Foot
             will
             be
             ill
             defended
             ,
             by
             reason
             that
             the
             two
             outermost
             files
             of
             Pikes
             to
             the
             right
             and
             left
             hand
             are
             charging
             to
             their
             
             right
             and
             left
             hands
             ;
             so
             by
             this
             means
             they
             conceive
             the
             four
             corners
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Foot
             will
             be
             left
             naked
             for
             want
             of
             Pikes
             to
             defend
             them
             .
             To
             prevent
             this
             objection
             ,
             the
             Captains
             ,
             Lieutenants
             ,
             and
             Serjeants
             ought
             to
             be
             placed
             on
             the
             four
             corners
             of
             a
             Division
             of
             Foot
             with
             the
             Musqueteers
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             this
             foregoing
             figure
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             7.
             
             For
             you
             must
             understand
             ,
             that
             each
             little
             long
             stroke
             at
             the
             corners
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Foot
             standeth
             for
             an
             Officer
             .
             Now
             all
             the
             Captains
             that
             command
             the
             Foot
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             ought
             to
             have
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             the
             Lieutenants
             and
             Serjeants
             ought
             to
             have
             Partizans
             and
             Halberts
             of
             eleven
             foot
             in
             length
             .
          
           
             In
             this
             Service
             against
             the
             Horse
             ,
             are
             two
             chief
             things
             that
             the
             Commanders
             of
             the
             Foot
             who
             command
             any
             Foot
             amongst
             the
             Horse
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             ought
             to
             give
             their
             Souldiers
             a
             strict
             charge
             to
             observe
             :
             the
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             the
             Musqueteers
             when
             they
             are
             to
             give
             fire
             should
             always
             take
             aim
             at
             the
             Horses
             legs
             .
             The
             second
             observation
             is
             ,
             that
             your
             Pikemen
             charge
             their
             Pikes
             against
             the
             Horses
             ,
             and
             not
             against
             the
             Horsemen
             ,
             when
             the
             Foot
             are
             charged
             by
             Horse
             ,
             and
             that
             your
             Pikemen
             charge
             not
             their
             Pikes
             ,
             until
             the
             Enemies
             Horses
             are
             come
             within
             forty
             paces
             of
             your
             Foot.
             
          
           
             If
             you
             fight
             Foot
             among
             your
             Horse
             on
             the
             flank
             of
             your
             Army
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             them
             placed
             in
             these
             two
             figures
             before
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               HIKLMNOPQRS
               ,
            
             and
             the
             figures
             
             1
             2
             3
             4
             5
             6
             7
             8
             9
             10
             11
             12.
             
             Then
             you
             must
             observe
             when
             your
             Enemies
             Horse
             come
             to
             charge
             your
             Horse
             ,
             or
             the
             Foot
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             your
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             that
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             move
             not
             from
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             on
             their
             flanks
             (
             unless
             your
             Enemies
             Horse
             be
             put
             to
             the
             retreat
             )
             but
             to
             keep
             an
             even
             front
             ,
             with
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             on
             their
             flanks
             ,
             and
             receive
             their
             Enemies
             Charge
             ,
             keeping
             the
             aforesaid
             order
             .
             But
             in
             case
             your
             Enemies
             Horse
             rout
             any
             one
             of
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             any
             one
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             then
             the
             Commander
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             march
             between
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             ,
             must
             be
             in
             a
             readiness
             to
             Charge
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             that
             hath
             routed
             his
             Foot
             ,
             either
             with
             part
             of
             his
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             or
             the
             whole
             ,
             as
             he
             seeth
             occasion
             ,
             or
             as
             he
             may
             with
             convenience
             .
          
           
             That
             your
             intention
             of
             fighting
             Foot
             amongst
             the
             Horse
             may
             not
             be
             discovered
             by
             your
             Enemy
             ,
             who
             hath
             not
             been
             used
             to
             the
             like
             Discipline
             ;
             or
             at
             least
             that
             he
             may
             not
             know
             the
             way
             and
             order
             that
             you
             intend
             to
             fight
             your
             Foot
             in
             ,
             let
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             ,
             which
             are
             to
             fight
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             your
             Horse
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             the
             two
             former
             figures
             :
             let
             ,
             I
             say
             ,
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             which
             belong
             to
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             march
             in
             the
             reer
             of
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             the
             foregoing
             figure
             ,
             till
             they
             come
             within
             Musquet-shot
             of
             their
             Enemies
             Horse
             :
             then
             draw
             up
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             ,
             the
             one
             on
             the
             one
             flank
             of
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             on
             the
             
             other
             flank
             of
             the
             same
             Division
             of
             Horse
             in
             the
             same
             order
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             this
             foregoing
             figure
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XIV
               .
            
             VVhat
             Strength
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             be
             from
             three
             thousand
             to
             ten
             thousand
             ,
             to
             fight
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             a
             Body
             of
             Foot
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             ,
             if
             you
             will
             have
             no
             Foot
             to
             fight
             amongst
             the
             Horse
             .
          
           
             IF
             your
             strength
             of
             Horse
             be
             three
             thousand
             ,
             and
             if
             they
             be
             to
             fight
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             a
             Body
             of
             Foot
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             without
             Foot
             to
             fight
             amongst
             them
             ,
             then
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             be
             thirty
             in
             front
             ,
             three
             deep
             ,
             and
             ninety
             in
             a
             Division
             .
             If
             your
             strength
             of
             Horse
             be
             four
             thousand
             ,
             then
             the
             strength
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             be
             an
             hundred
             and
             twenty
             ,
             forty
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             three
             deep
             .
             If
             your
             strength
             of
             Horse
             be
             five
             thousand
             ,
             then
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             be
             an
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             strong
             ,
             fifty
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             three
             deep
             .
             If
             your
             strength
             of
             Horse
             be
             six
             thousand
             ,
             or
             seven
             thousand
             ,
             then
             they
             ought
             to
             be
             an
             hundred
             and
             eighty
             in
             a
             Division
             ,
             sixty
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             three
             deep
             .
             If
             your
             strength
             of
             Horse
             be
             eight
             thousand
             ,
             nine
             
             thousand
             ,
             or
             ten
             thousand
             ,
             then
             ought
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             to
             be
             an
             hundred
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             three
             deep
             ,
             and
             three
             hundred
             in
             a
             Division
             .
          
           
             Your
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             from
             ninety
             to
             an
             hundred
             and
             eighty
             (
             if
             you
             have
             no
             Foot
             to
             fight
             amongst
             your
             Horse
             )
             ought
             to
             charge
             their
             Enemies
             Horse
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             Each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             from
             ninety
             to
             an
             hundred
             and
             eighty
             in
             strength
             ought
             to
             be
             sub-divided
             into
             three
             subdivisions
             ,
             as
             is
             here
             set
             down
             ,
             and
             shall
             be
             declared
             unto
             you
             by
             this
             following
             figure
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               A
               B
               C.
               
            
          
           
           
             The
             three
             sub-divisions
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               A
               B
               C
            
             are
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             of
             ninety
             ,
             sub-divided
             into
             three
             equal
             sub-divisions
             ,
             being
             thirty
             in
             a
             Division
             ,
             ten
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             three
             deep
             .
             The
             distance
             of
             ground
             between
             the
             subdivision
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               A
               ,
            
             and
             the
             subdivision
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               B
               ,
            
             is
             twenty
             paces
             ,
             three
             feet
             to
             the
             pace
             .
             The
             like
             distance
             of
             ground
             is
             between
             the
             sub-divisions
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               B
            
             and
             
               C
               :
            
             the
             little
             strokes
             
             that
             stand
             in
             the
             fronts
             ,
             flanks
             ,
             and
             reer
             of
             the
             three
             sub-divisions
             ,
             stand
             for
             Officers
             .
          
           
             Now
             when
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             your
             Horse
             cometh
             within
             fifty
             paces
             of
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             ,
             let
             the
             two
             sub
             divisions
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               A
            
             and
             
               C
            
             advance
             towards
             their
             Enemies
             Division
             of
             Horse
             upon
             an
             easie
             trot
             :
             and
             the
             Officers
             of
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             must
             be
             careful
             that
             they
             Charge
             all
             together
             the
             Division
             of
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             which
             they
             meet
             with
             .
             And
             when
             the
             two
             sub-divisions
             on
             the
             right
             and
             left
             hand
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               A
            
             and
             
               C
            
             do
             advance
             towards
             their
             Enemy
             to
             charge
             them
             ,
             then
             let
             the
             middle
             sub-division
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               B
            
             follow
             after
             easily
             upon
             a
             walking
             pace
             .
             And
             when
             the
             Officer
             in
             chief
             that
             commandeth
             the
             middle
             sub-division
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             Letter
             
               D
               ,
            
             seeth
             the
             other
             two
             sub-divisions
             of
             Horses
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               A
            
             and
             
               C
            
             to
             be
             mingled
             with
             the
             Enemy
             ;
             then
             let
             him
             command
             his
             sub-division
             of
             Horse
             to
             advance
             upon
             a
             round
             trot
             ,
             and
             charge
             his
             Enemy
             .
             The
             same
             order
             must
             be
             observed
             by
             all
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Horses
             that
             are
             but
             ninety
             in
             strength
             ,
             when
             they
             come
             to
             charge
             an
             Enemy
             .
             And
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             from
             ninety
             to
             an
             hundred
             and
             eighty
             in
             strength
             must
             observe
             the
             same
             order
             in
             charging
             their
             Enemy
             ,
             as
             is
             here
             set
             down
             in
             this
             Division
             of
             Horse
             of
             ninety
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               A
               B
               C
               ,
            
             if
             no
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             be
             to
             fight
             amongst
             the
             Horse
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             be
             eight
             thousand
             ,
             nine
             thousand
             ,
             or
             
             ten
             thousand
             strong
             in
             Horse
             ,
             then
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             when
             you
             come
             to
             fight
             in
             Battel
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             three
             hundred
             in
             strength
             :
             and
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             be
             sub-divided
             into
             five
             equal
             sub-divisions
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             this
             following
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               D
               E
               F
               G
               H.
               
            
          
           
           
             In
             these
             five
             sub-divisions
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               D
               E
               F
               G
               H
               ,
            
             there
             are
             sixty
             Horses
             in
             each
             sub-division
             ,
             twenty
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             three
             deep
             .
             So
             that
             the
             five
             sub-divisions
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               D
               E
               F
               G
               H
            
             are
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             of
             three
             hundred
             in
             strength
             ,
             sub-divided
             into
             five
             equal
             parts
             ,
             and
             being
             at
             their
             close
             order
             in
             rank
             and
             file
             :
             And
             the
             little
             small
             strokes
             that
             you
             see
             in
             the
             flank
             ,
             reer
             ,
             and
             front
             ,
             stand
             for
             Officers
             .
             The
             distance
             of
             ground
             that
             is
             left
             between
             the
             sub-divisions
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               D
            
             and
             
               E
            
             is
             twenty
             paces
             ,
             three
             feet
             to
             the
             pace
             .
             And
             the
             distance
             of
             ground
             between
             the
             sub-divisions
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               E
            
             and
             
               F
            
             is
             twenty
             paces
             .
             The
             same
             distance
             of
             ground
             is
             between
             the
             sub-divisions
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               F
            
             and
             
               G
               ,
            
             and
             
               G
            
             and
             
               H.
               
            
          
           
           
             If
             you
             intend
             to
             have
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             to
             be
             three
             hundred
             in
             strength
             ,
             my
             opinion
             is
             ,
             that
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             be
             sub-divided
             into
             five
             equal
             parts
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             this
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               D
               E
               F
               G
               H.
            
             For
             these
             reasons
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             for
             three
             hundred
             in
             strength
             being
             divided
             into
             five
             equal
             parts
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             this
             foregoing
             figure
             ,
             will
             take
             up
             much
             more
             ground
             in
             front
             ,
             than
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             that
             is
             but
             three
             hundred
             in
             strength
             ,
             and
             not
             sub-divided
             .
             Now
             it
             is
             one
             of
             the
             chiefest
             advantages
             that
             can
             be
             taken
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             ,
             by
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             to
             out-front
             your
             Enemies
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             .
          
           
             Besides
             ,
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             of
             three
             hundred
             in
             strength
             being
             sub-divided
             ,
             as
             is
             before
             set
             down
             ,
             will
             be
             better
             commanded
             ,
             and
             not
             so
             subject
             to
             fall
             into
             a
             disorder
             upon
             any
             occasion
             ,
             as
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             of
             three
             hundred
             in
             strength
             ,
             all
             in
             a
             body
             .
          
           
             Moreover
             ,
             you
             may
             charge
             an
             Enemy
             three
             several
             ways
             with
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             of
             three
             hundred
             in
             strength
             ,
             being
             sub-divided
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             this
             foregoing
             figure
             ;
             whereas
             you
             can
             charge
             an
             Enemy
             but
             one
             way
             with
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             of
             three
             hundred
             in
             strength
             ,
             being
             all
             in
             one
             body
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             of
             the
             three
             ways
             to
             charge
             your
             Enemy
             with
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             of
             three
             hundred
             in
             strength
             ,
             and
             sub-divided
             ,
             is
             in
             this
             manner
             ;
             when
             a
             Division
             of
             Horse
             thus
             sub-divided
             
             into
             five
             equal
             parts
             cometh
             within
             forty
             paces
             of
             your
             Enemies
             Division
             of
             Horse
             which
             they
             are
             to
             charge
             ;
             then
             let
             the
             two
             sub-divisions
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               D
            
             and
             
               H
            
             advance
             ,
             and
             charge
             their
             Enemies
             Division
             of
             Horse
             on
             the
             flanks
             ;
             and
             then
             let
             the
             other
             three
             sub-divisions
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               E
               F
               G
            
             advance
             ,
             and
             charge
             their
             Enemy
             in
             the
             front
             of
             their
             Division
             at
             the
             same
             time
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             way
             is
             this
             ,
             when
             you
             come
             within
             forty
             paces
             of
             your
             Enemies
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             then
             command
             the
             three
             sub-divisions
             of
             Horse
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               D
               ●
               H
               ,
            
             to
             advance
             upon
             a
             trot
             ,
             and
             charge
             their
             Enemy
             :
             then
             command
             the
             other
             two
             sub-divisions
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               E
            
             and
             
               G
            
             to
             follow
             upon
             an
             easie
             pace
             ,
             until
             they
             see
             that
             the
             three
             sub-divisions
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               D
               F
               H
            
             be
             mingled
             with
             their
             Enemy
             .
             Then
             let
             the
             two
             sub-divisions
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               E
            
             and
             
               G
            
             have
             order
             to
             advance
             upon
             a
             good
             round
             trot
             ,
             and
             charge
             their
             Enemy
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             way
             of
             charging
             your
             Enemy
             ,
             is
             ,
             to
             command
             the
             five
             sub-divisions
             of
             Horse
             marked
             the
             letters
             
               D
               E
               F
               G
               H
            
             to
             charge
             the
             Enemy
             together
             in
             an
             even
             front
             .
             And
             I
             account
             either
             of
             these
             three
             ways
             better
             to
             charge
             a
             Division
             of
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             to
             rout
             them
             ,
             than
             to
             charge
             a
             Division
             of
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             with
             a
             Division
             of
             three
             hundred
             Horse
             in
             one
             Body
             together
             ,
             without
             being
             sub-divided
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XV.
            
             By
             the
             following
             Figures
             are
             declared
             what
             Strength
             each
             Division
             of
             Foot
             ought
             to
             be
             to
             Fight
             a
             Battel
             ,
             and
             Encounter
             with
             Foot
             :
             and
             the
             order
             that
             must
             be
             observed
             for
             doing
             the
             same
             ;
             and
             how
             they
             shall
             easily
             ,
             and
             readily
             be
             in
             order
             to
             defend
             themselves
             against
             the
             charge
             of
             any
             Horse
             .
          
           
             FOR
             Field-Service
             you
             must
             observe
             to
             have
             as
             many
             Pikes
             as
             Musqueteers
             amongst
             your
             Foot
             ;
             and
             each
             Division
             of
             Foot
             ought
             to
             be
             two
             hundred
             eighty
             eight
             in
             strength
             ,
             half
             Pikemen
             ,
             and
             half
             Musqueteers
             ;
             and
             you
             must
             rank
             your
             men
             but
             six
             deep
             :
             so
             that
             in
             the
             Division
             of
             two
             hundred
             eighty
             eight
             men
             ,
             there
             will
             be
             four
             and
             twenty
             files
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             four
             and
             twenty
             files
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             six
             deep
             .
             The
             order
             that
             they
             must
             be
             drawn
             into
             ,
             to
             be
             in
             readiness
             to
             fight
             with
             Foot
             ,
             and
             to
             defend
             themselves
             against
             Horse
             ,
             shall
             be
             declared
             unto
             you
             by
             the
             following
             figures
             .
          
           
             But
             in
             the
             first
             place
             I
             will
             shew
             you
             the
             order
             that
             these
             four
             and
             twenty
             files
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             four
             and
             twenty
             files
             of
             Musqueteers
             must
             be
             drawn
             into
             ▪
             The
             first
             order
             that
             the
             aforesaid
             
             two
             hundred
             eighty
             eight
             men
             must
             be
             drawn
             into
             ,
             is
             ,
             as
             you
             shall
             see
             them
             in
             this
             following
             figure
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             1
             2
             3
             ;
             and
             the
             distance
             that
             they
             are
             at
             in
             rank
             and
             file
             is
             their
             Order
             .
          
           
           
             The
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             1
             is
             a
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             of
             four
             and
             twenty
             files
             ,
             six
             deep
             .
             The
             six
             ranks
             of
             small
             pricks
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             2
             are
             a
             Division
             of
             Musqueteers
             consisting
             of
             twelve
             files
             ,
             six
             deep
             :
             And
             the
             like
             are
             six
             ranks
             of
             pricks
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             figured
             with
             the
             figure
             3.
             
          
           
             Now
             the
             way
             that
             you
             must
             observe
             to
             bring
             these
             four
             and
             twenty
             files
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             four
             and
             twenty
             files
             of
             Musqueteers
             into
             the
             order
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             the
             following
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               A
               B
               C
               ,
            
             is
             by
             these
             words
             of
             Command
             .
             
             Command
             the
             three
             first
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             of
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             2
             and
             3
             to
             march
             forward
             ,
             till
             the
             last
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             of
             both
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             have
             marched
             twelve
             feet
             beyond
             the
             first
             ranks
             of
             Pikes
             .
             Then
             command
             them
             to
             stand
             ,
             and
             cause
             the
             three
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             at
             the
             left
             hand
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             ,
             and
             the
             three
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             on
             the
             right
             hand
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             .
             Then
             command
             them
             to
             march
             forward
             ,
             and
             joyn
             together
             before
             the
             Division
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               A.
            
             Then
             command
             the
             Musqueteers
             ,
             which
             before
             you
             commanded
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             ,
             now
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             ;
             and
             those
             Musqueteers
             that
             you
             commanded
             before
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             ,
             command
             them
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             .
             Then
             file
             the
             Musqueteers
             that
             you
             have
             brought
             before
             the
             front
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             even
             with
             the
             files
             of
             Pikes
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             other
             six
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             on
             the
             right
             and
             left
             hand
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             to
             advance
             forwards
             ,
             and
             front
             with
             the
             Musqueteers
             ,
             which
             are
             in
             the
             front
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             leaving
             eighteen
             foot
             distance
             between
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               C
            
             and
             
               B
               ,
            
             and
             
               B
            
             and
             
               D
               ,
            
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             this
             following
             figure
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               A
               B
               C
               D
               ;
            
             and
             the
             distance
             that
             they
             are
             at
             in
             rank
             and
             file
             is
             their
             Order
             .
          
           
           
             The
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               A
            
             is
             a
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             consisting
             of
             four
             and
             twenty
             files
             ,
             six
             deep
             .
             The
             three
             ranks
             of
             small
             pricks
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               B
            
             are
             four
             and
             twenty
             files
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             three
             deep
             .
             The
             three
             ranks
             of
             small
             pricks
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               C
               ,
            
             are
             twelve
             files
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             three
             deep
             :
             the
             like
             are
             the
             three
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               D.
            
             And
             the
             Musqueteers
             standing
             in
             this
             order
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             this
             foregoing
             figure
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               B
               C
               D
            
             are
             now
             in
             a
             readiness
             to
             give
             fire
             on
             an
             Enemy
             .
             Now
             the
             way
             that
             the
             Musqueteers
             must
             observe
             in
             firing
             on
             their
             Enemy
             is
             thus
             :
             Command
             both
             your
             Pikemen
             and
             Musqueteers
             to
             shoulder
             their
             Arms
             ,
             and
             march
             together
             in
             the
             same
             order
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             the
             foregoing
             figure
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               A
               B
               C
               D
               ,
            
             commanding
             the
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               B
               C
               D
            
             to
             make
             ready
             ;
             and
             
             when
             the
             Musqueteers
             are
             all
             ready
             ,
             command
             the
             two
             first
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             aforesaid
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             present
             .
             The
             three
             first
             ranks
             of
             the
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               C
               B
               D
            
             must
             present
             kneeling
             upon
             their
             right
             knees
             .
             The
             second
             ranks
             of
             the
             aforesaid
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             must
             march
             up
             close
             to
             the
             three
             first
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             which
             are
             presenting
             on
             their
             right
             knees
             ;
             every
             Musqueteer
             in
             the
             second
             rank
             stepping
             forwards
             with
             their
             right
             legs
             within
             the
             in
             side
             of
             their
             Leaders
             right
             legs
             ,
             and
             then
             step
             forwards
             with
             their
             left
             legs
             close
             up
             to
             their
             Leaders
             left
             legs
             ,
             without-side
             of
             their
             legs
             ,
             and
             present
             their
             Musquets
             over
             their
             Leaders
             heads
             in
             their
             first
             ranks
             .
             And
             after
             the
             two
             first
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             of
             the
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               C
               B
               D
            
             have
             thus
             presented
             ,
             command
             them
             to
             give
             fire
             together
             And
             when
             these
             Musqueteers
             before
             spoken
             of
             have
             fired
             ,
             let
             the
             three
             first
             ranks
             of
             the
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               C
               B
               D
            
             remain
             kneeling
             on
             their
             right
             knees
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             second
             ranks
             of
             the
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             kneel
             upon
             their
             right
             knees
             ,
             as
             close
             to
             their
             Leaders
             right
             knees
             as
             they
             can
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             last
             ranks
             of
             the
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               C
               B
               D
            
             to
             march
             up
             to
             their
             Leaders
             ,
             stepping
             with
             their
             right
             legs
             within
             side
             of
             their
             Leaders
             right
             knees
             ,
             and
             step
             forwards
             with
             their
             left
             legs
             without
             side
             their
             Leaders
             left
             legs
             ,
             and
             present
             their
             Musquets
             over
             their
             Leaders
             heads
             ,
             and
             then
             command
             them
             to
             give
             
             fire
             .
             After
             the
             last
             rank
             of
             the
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               C
               B
               D
            
             have
             fired
             ,
             command
             the
             two
             first
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             of
             the
             aforesaid
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             which
             are
             kneeling
             ,
             to
             stand
             up
             ;
             commanding
             your
             Division
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               A
               ,
            
             and
             the
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               C
               B
               D
            
             to
             march
             on
             easily
             ,
             and
             make
             ready
             again
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             are
             ready
             ,
             let
             them
             give
             fire
             in
             the
             same
             order
             as
             they
             did
             before
             .
             This
             order
             of
             marching
             and
             giving
             fire
             must
             be
             observed
             by
             all
             the
             other
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             ,
             that
             are
             to
             fight
             in
             the
             Body
             of
             an
             Army
             .
          
           
             Or
             if
             you
             approve
             not
             of
             the
             way
             of
             Musqueteers
             firing
             ,
             as
             is
             here
             set
             down
             ,
             you
             may
             subdivide
             them
             after
             the
             old
             manner
             ,
             and
             so
             command
             them
             to
             give
             fire
             .
          
           
             The
             order
             that
             this
             Division
             of
             foot
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               A
               B
               C
               D
            
             must
             observe
             to
             defend
             themselves
             ,
             against
             Horse
             is
             after
             this
             manner
             ,
             as
             you
             shall
             see
             them
             placed
             in
             the
             next
             figure
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             1
             2
             3
             4
             5
             6
             7
             ▪
             And
             the
             way
             to
             bring
             the
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               A
               B
               C
               D
            
             to
             the
             order
             of
             the
             figure
             following
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             1
             2
             3
             4
             5
             6
             7
             is
             done
             after
             this
             manner
             .
          
           
             You
             must
             command
             the
             last
             rank
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               B
               ,
            
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             ;
             then
             
             command
             an
             Officer
             to
             draw
             them
             away
             on
             one
             side
             of
             the
             right
             hand
             file
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             draw
             them
             in
             between
             the
             third
             and
             fourth
             ranks
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               A.
            
             Then
             command
             your
             Pikemen
             to
             advance
             their
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             close
             their
             files
             ,
             and
             ranks
             to
             their
             close
             order
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             to
             advance
             forward
             ,
             till
             they
             come
             within
             three
             feet
             of
             the
             last
             rank
             of
             Musqueteers
             which
             are
             in
             the
             front
             of
             the
             Pikes
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             two
             last
             ranks
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               C
               ,
            
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             two
             last
             ranks
             of
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               D
            
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             .
             Then
             command
             two
             Officers
             to
             lead
             these
             four
             files
             of
             Musqueteers
             (
             which
             were
             before
             four
             ranks
             )
             into
             the
             reer
             of
             the
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               A
               ;
            
             the
             which
             four
             files
             are
             there
             to
             meet
             and
             joyn
             together
             in
             the
             reer
             of
             the
             Pikes
             .
             Then
             command
             those
             Musqueteers
             which
             did
             before
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             ,
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             ;
             and
             those
             Musqueteers
             which
             before
             turned
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             ,
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             first
             rank
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             which
             is
             only
             left
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               C
               ,
            
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             left
             hands
             .
             Then
             command
             an
             Officer
             to
             lead
             them
             down
             close
             on
             the
             out-side
             of
             the
             right
             hand
             file
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ;
             and
             when
             the
             Officer
             hath
             brought
             the
             Leader
             of
             the
             file
             of
             Musqueteers
             right
             against
             the
             bringer
             up
             of
             the
             right
             hand
             file
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             command
             the
             file
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             stand
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             half
             file
             of
             that
             file
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             double
             his
             front
             to
             the
             left
             hand
             .
             Then
             command
             
             those
             two
             files
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             about
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             first
             rank
             which
             is
             left
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Musqueteers
             marked
             with
             the
             letter
             
               D
               ,
            
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             ,
             commanding
             an
             Officer
             to
             lead
             them
             down
             close
             on
             the
             out-side
             of
             the
             left
             hand
             file
             of
             the
             Pikes
             :
             and
             when
             the
             Officer
             hath
             brought
             the
             Leader
             of
             the
             file
             of
             Musqueteers
             right
             against
             the
             bringer
             up
             of
             the
             left
             hand
             file
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             command
             the
             file
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             stand
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             half
             file
             of
             that
             file
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             double
             his
             front
             to
             the
             right
             hand
             .
             Then
             command
             those
             two
             files
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             about
             .
             Then
             command
             the
             Musqueteers
             which
             have
             not
             as
             yet
             closed
             their
             ranks
             and
             files
             ,
             to
             close
             their
             ranks
             and
             files
             to
             their
             close
             order
             ,
             and
             file
             and
             rank
             even
             with
             the
             Pikes
             .
          
           
             This
             which
             is
             here
             set
             down
             is
             the
             readiest
             ,
             and
             easiest
             way
             to
             bring
             the
             former
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             letters
             
               A
               B
               C
               D
            
             unto
             the
             order
             of
             this
             figure
             following
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             1
             2
             3
             4
             5
             6
             7.
             
             And
             this
             Division
             of
             Foot
             is
             now
             in
             a
             readiness
             to
             withstand
             the
             charge
             of
             any
             Horse
             .
          
           
           
             The
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             1
             ,
             is
             a
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             consisting
             of
             four
             and
             twenty
             files
             ,
             and
             three
             deep
             .
             The
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             2
             ,
             is
             a
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             of
             the
             like
             number
             that
             the
             figure
             1
             is
             .
             The
             two
             ranks
             of
             small
             pricks
             in
             the
             front
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             figured
             with
             the
             figure
             3
             ,
             are
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             having
             four
             and
             twenty
             in
             a
             rank
             .
             The
             two
             ranks
             of
             small
             pricks
             in
             the
             reer
             of
             the
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             4
             ,
             are
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             having
             four
             and
             twenty
             in
             a
             rank
             .
             The
             two
             files
             of
             pricks
             on
             the
             right
             hand
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             5
             ,
             are
             two
             files
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             six
             deep
             :
             and
             the
             like
             are
             the
             two
             files
             of
             pricks
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             6.
             
             The
             little
             strokes
             at
             the
             corner
             of
             the
             Division
             of
             
             Foot
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             7
             ,
             stand
             for
             Officers
             .
             And
             the
             rank
             of
             small
             pricks
             between
             the
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             1
             and
             2
             ,
             are
             one
             rank
             of
             Musqueteers
             consisting
             of
             four
             and
             twenty
             Musqueteers
             in
             number
             .
          
           
             You
             see
             in
             this
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             1
             2
             3
             4
             5
             6
             7
             ,
             the
             Musqueteers
             standing
             under
             the
             shelter
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             the
             Pikes
             and
             the
             Musqueteers
             being
             all
             at
             their
             close
             order
             ,
             and
             in
             a
             readiness
             to
             receive
             a
             charge
             from
             Horse
             ;
             and
             the
             Pikes
             sheltering
             the
             Musqueteers
             every
             way
             upon
             occasion
             from
             the
             force
             of
             the
             Horse
             .
          
           
             Now
             the
             way
             how
             these
             Musqueteers
             and
             Pikemen
             shall
             defend
             themselves
             against
             Horse
             ,
             I
             will
             here
             declare
             unto
             you
             .
             If
             you
             perceive
             your
             Enemies
             Horse
             to
             divide
             themselves
             into
             four
             parts
             to
             charge
             any
             one
             Division
             of
             Foot
             which
             is
             placed
             in
             this
             manner
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             this
             foregoing
             figure
             :
             then
             command
             the
             two
             right
             hand
             files
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             the
             two
             left
             hand
             files
             of
             Pikes
             of
             the
             six
             ranks
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             1
             and
             2
             ,
             to
             charge
             to
             their
             right
             and
             left
             hands
             over
             the
             shoulders
             of
             the
             Musqueteers
             on
             the
             right
             and
             left
             hand
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             5
             and
             6.
             
             Command
             also
             the
             four
             files
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             aforesaid
             two
             figures
             ,
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             and
             left
             hands
             .
             When
             the
             two
             right
             hand
             files
             of
             Pikes
             are
             commanded
             to
             charge
             to
             their
             right
             and
             left
             hands
             ,
             then
             command
             the
             other
             twenty
             files
             of
             Pikes
             in
             the
             first
             three
             ranks
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             1
             ,
             to
             Charge
             to
             the
             front
             over
             the
             shoulders
             of
             the
             Musqueteers
             ,
             marked
             
             with
             the
             figure
             3.
             
             Then
             command
             the
             twenty
             files
             of
             Pikes
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             2
             to
             Charge
             to
             the
             reer
             over
             the
             shoulders
             of
             the
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             reer
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             4.
             
             And
             the
             aforesaid
             Musqueteers
             must
             observe
             to
             turn
             to
             their
             right
             hands
             about
             ,
             when
             the
             Pikes
             are
             commanded
             to
             charge
             to
             the
             reer
             .
          
           
             The
             Musqueteers
             which
             are
             placed
             without-side
             of
             the
             Pikes
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             3
             4
             5
             and
             6
             ,
             must
             stand
             ready
             with
             their
             Matches
             ,
             Cock
             ,
             and
             Pans
             guarded
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             ready
             to
             give
             fire
             either
             by
             one
             rank
             at
             a
             time
             ,
             or
             two
             ranks
             ,
             as
             the
             Officers
             shall
             see
             occasion
             to
             command
             them
             ;
             the
             which
             must
             be
             done
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             If
             you
             command
             only
             the
             outermost
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             give
             fire
             ,
             then
             must
             you
             command
             them
             to
             present
             kneeling
             on
             their
             right
             knees
             ,
             and
             command
             them
             to
             level
             so
             low
             with
             their
             Musquets
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             shoot
             at
             the
             horses
             legs
             ;
             by
             that
             means
             they
             will
             shoot
             clear
             under
             the
             tops
             of
             your
             Pikes
             being
             charged
             .
             If
             you
             please
             to
             command
             two
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             give
             fire
             at
             one
             time
             ,
             then
             as
             soon
             as
             the
             Musqueteers
             are
             ready
             to
             present
             ,
             command
             your
             Pikemen
             to
             port
             their
             Pikes
             :
             then
             command
             all
             the
             Musqueteers
             without-side
             of
             the
             Pikes
             to
             present
             ,
             where
             the
             first
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             are
             to
             kneel
             on
             their
             right
             knees
             ;
             then
             the
             second
             tanks
             of
             Musqueteers
             must
             move
             up
             close
             to
             the
             first
             ranks
             of
             Musqueteers
             ,
             every
             Musqueteer
             in
             the
             second
             ranks
             stepping
             forwards
             with
             their
             right
             legs
             within
             the
             in-side
             of
             their
             Leaders
             right
             legs
             ;
             then
             they
             must
             step
             forwards
             with
             their
             left
             legs
             close
             up
             by
             their
             Leaders
             
             left
             legs
             ,
             without-side
             of
             their
             Leaders
             legs
             ,
             and
             present
             their
             Musquets
             over
             their
             Leaders
             heads
             in
             the
             first
             rank
             .
             When
             the
             Musqueteers
             have
             thus
             presented
             ,
             command
             them
             to
             give
             fire
             .
             And
             if
             Horse
             charge
             a
             Division
             of
             Foot
             which
             stand
             in
             the
             same
             order
             that
             this
             Division
             of
             Horse
             doth
             ,
             marked
             with
             the
             figures
             1
             2
             3
             4
             5
             6
             7
             ,
             You
             must
             command
             your
             Pikemen
             to
             charge
             again
             ,
             and
             be
             careful
             to
             place
             the
             Captains
             ,
             Lieutenants
             ,
             and
             Serjeants
             of
             the
             Division
             on
             the
             four
             corners
             of
             the
             Division
             ,
             as
             you
             see
             them
             in
             the
             foregoing
             figure
             marked
             with
             the
             figure
             7.
             
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XVI
               .
            
             Some
             Observations
             concerning
             the
             Marching
             of
             an
             Army
             .
          
           
             You
             must
             be
             careful
             before
             you
             march
             with
             your
             Army
             into
             the
             Field
             ,
             to
             see
             your
             Souldiers
             well
             Cloathed
             ,
             well
             Armed
             ,
             and
             well
             Disciplined
             ;
             and
             that
             you
             be
             stored
             with
             Shooes
             and
             Stockings
             for
             the
             March
             ,
             and
             also
             with
             Ammunition
             ,
             Bread
             ,
             and
             Mony.
             If
             you
             be
             not
             careful
             of
             this
             ,
             you
             will
             soon
             bring
             your
             Army
             to
             ruine
             .
             You
             must
             also
             have
             a
             great
             care
             of
             those
             Souldiers
             which
             fall
             sick
             ,
             or
             are
             hurt
             ,
             upon
             a
             March
             ;
             for
             this
             alone
             will
             not
             only
             encourage
             Souldiers
             to
             undergo
             any
             danger
             ,
             or
             labour
             ,
             but
             
             by
             it
             you
             will
             win
             their
             affections
             so
             ,
             that
             they
             will
             never
             forsake
             you
             .
          
           
             You
             ought
             to
             know
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             Country
             ,
             the
             quality
             of
             the
             ways
             ,
             the
             compendiousness
             of
             turning
             ,
             the
             nature
             of
             Hills
             ,
             and
             the
             course
             of
             Rivers
             ,
             through
             which
             you
             are
             to
             march
             .
             And
             the
             best
             way
             to
             know
             these
             things
             is
             by
             good
             Guides
             ,
             and
             good
             Maps
             :
             For
             he
             that
             leadeth
             an
             Army
             by
             an
             unknown
             and
             undiscovered
             way
             ,
             and
             marching
             blindfold
             upon
             uncertain
             adventures
             ,
             is
             subject
             to
             many
             casualties
             ,
             and
             disadvantages
             :
             Let
             every
             Commander
             therefore
             perswade
             himself
             that
             good
             Discoverers
             are
             as
             the
             eye
             of
             an
             Army
             ,
             and
             serve
             for
             lights
             in
             the
             darkness
             of
             ignorance
             ,
             to
             direct
             the
             resolutions
             of
             good
             providence
             ,
             and
             to
             make
             the
             path
             of
             safety
             so
             manifest
             ,
             that
             he
             need
             not
             stumble
             upon
             casualties
             :
             For
             that
             which
             a
             General
             should
             chiefly
             observe
             upon
             a
             March
             ,
             is
             first
             
               Safety
               ,
            
             and
             next
             
               Convenience
               .
            
             If
             you
             March
             into
             a
             Country
             which
             is
             hard
             to
             enter
             ,
             and
             which
             hath
             but
             few
             passages
             ,
             whereby
             to
             enter
             into
             it
             ,
             you
             must
             force
             one
             ;
             and
             before
             you
             go
             farther
             ,
             you
             must
             there
             fortifie
             ,
             as
             well
             to
             assure
             your
             way
             for
             your
             necessaries
             ,
             as
             for
             your
             retreat
             .
             For
             a
             General
             must
             be
             careful
             never
             to
             March
             into
             any
             such
             place
             ,
             where
             his
             Enemy
             may
             be
             able
             to
             cut
             off
             his
             Provisions
             ,
             or
             his
             Retreat
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             most
             convenient
             and
             ready
             to
             have
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             to
             march
             at
             the
             same
             strength
             ,
             or
             some
             ten
             or
             twelve
             men
             more
             in
             a
             Division
             ,
             than
             you
             intend
             to
             fight
             them
             ;
             by
             which
             means
             your
             Army
             will
             be
             much
             more
             ready
             upon
             
             any
             occasion
             to
             be
             imbattelled
             :
             And
             your
             Officers
             and
             Souldiers
             being
             used
             to
             march
             with
             their
             Divisions
             in
             the
             same
             strength
             and
             order
             as
             you
             intend
             to
             fight
             them
             ,
             will
             not
             be
             so
             apt
             to
             be
             in
             a
             disorder
             ,
             as
             that
             Army
             that
             doth
             not
             use
             to
             march
             with
             their
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             at
             the
             same
             strength
             as
             they
             intend
             to
             fight
             them
             .
          
           
             Your
             Regiments
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ought
             to
             be
             divided
             into
             Brigades
             ,
             your
             Foot
             into
             three
             Brigades
             ,
             and
             your
             Horse
             into
             six
             Brigades
             ,
             if
             you
             be
             twelve
             Regiments
             of
             Horse
             strong
             ,
             or
             above
             .
             It
             is
             most
             necessary
             to
             use
             your
             Brigades
             ,
             and
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             to
             march
             in
             Battalia
             when
             time
             and
             ground
             will
             give
             leave
             ;
             for
             otherwise
             you
             will
             not
             be
             able
             to
             march
             three
             hundred
             paces
             in
             the
             view
             of
             an
             Enemy
             with
             your
             Brigades
             imbattelled
             ,
             but
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             will
             be
             apt
             to
             lose
             their
             distances
             ,
             and
             by
             consequence
             will
             be
             most
             apt
             to
             fall
             into
             a
             confusion
             .
          
           
             You
             must
             be
             careful
             to
             be
             furnished
             at
             the
             least
             at
             every
             quarter
             with
             three
             Guides
             :
             If
             you
             be
             to
             march
             in
             the
             night
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             six
             .
          
           
             Before
             you
             set
             forwards
             ,
             your
             Guides
             must
             be
             agreed
             upon
             the
             way
             which
             they
             will
             take
             :
             There
             must
             also
             be
             a
             Captain
             of
             the
             Guides
             ,
             a
             man
             of
             spirit
             ,
             and
             vigilance
             ,
             and
             one
             that
             may
             take
             care
             to
             get
             Guides
             from
             place
             to
             place
             .
             You
             must
             be
             careful
             to
             carry
             with
             you
             the
             Maps
             of
             the
             Country
             ,
             through
             which
             you
             are
             to
             march
             .
          
           
           
             The
             best
             way
             to
             keep
             your
             men
             from
             straggling
             upon
             a
             march
             ,
             when
             they
             pretend
             to
             go
             out
             of
             their
             ranks
             and
             files
             to
             drink
             ,
             or
             to
             ease
             themselves
             ,
             is
             this
             ;
             let
             them
             have
             command
             to
             leave
             their
             Pikes
             or
             Musquets
             with
             their
             Camerades
             ;
             and
             the
             Lieutenant
             and
             Serjeant
             ought
             to
             see
             this
             order
             observed
             .
          
           
             You
             ought
             upon
             a
             march
             to
             send
             out
             some
             parties
             of
             Horse
             or
             Foot
             ,
             according
             as
             the
             situation
             of
             the
             Country
             ,
             and
             the
             strength
             of
             the
             Enemy
             requireth
             ,
             in
             the
             Van-guard
             and
             flanks
             of
             your
             Army
             ,
             to
             discover
             and
             search
             for
             Ambushments
             ,
             and
             parties
             of
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             which
             will
             be
             always
             apt
             to
             attend
             upon
             an
             Army
             for
             booties
             .
          
           
             When
             you
             come
             to
             march
             with
             your
             Army
             through
             any
             Woody
             Country
             ,
             then
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             loose
             Wings
             of
             Musqueteers
             to
             march
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             your
             Army
             ,
             some
             Musquet-shot
             off
             from
             the
             Body
             of
             your
             Foot
             ,
             to
             keep
             small
             ,
             or
             great
             parties
             from
             firing
             on
             your
             main
             Body
             .
             And
             in
             such
             places
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             a
             special
             care
             that
             your
             Baggage
             be
             well
             guarded
             on
             the
             flanks
             ;
             and
             that
             your
             Scout-Master
             and
             Spies
             do
             bring
             you
             intelligence
             daily
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             most
             necessary
             when
             you
             march
             ,
             to
             make
             an
             halt
             once
             in
             a
             day
             for
             the
             ease
             of
             your
             Souldiers
             ,
             and
             relief
             and
             ease
             of
             your
             Carriage-Horses
             ,
             in
             some
             convenient
             place
             where
             is
             both
             Horse-meat
             and
             water
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             very
             fit
             you
             give
             orders
             to
             your
             Pioners
             
             to
             make
             you
             three
             ways
             on
             each
             side
             of
             your
             Carriage
             way
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             six
             ways
             besides
             your
             Carriage-way
             ,
             or
             as
             many
             as
             conveniently
             the
             ground
             and
             places
             through
             which
             you
             are
             to
             march
             with
             your
             Army
             will
             give
             way
             .
             So
             by
             this
             means
             the
             one
             half
             of
             your
             Army
             may
             march
             on
             one
             side
             of
             your
             Carriages
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             half
             on
             the
             other
             side
             of
             your
             Carriages
             .
             By
             marching
             in
             this
             order
             your
             train
             will
             be
             the
             shorter
             ,
             and
             a
             less
             guard
             will
             serve
             to
             guard
             the
             reer
             of
             your
             Waggons
             ,
             by
             reason
             the
             main
             body
             of
             your
             Army
             will
             be
             so
             near
             the
             reer
             of
             your
             Waggons
             .
             And
             also
             your
             Army
             will
             march
             much
             the
             nearer
             together
             ,
             whereby
             you
             will
             the
             sooner
             draw
             them
             into
             order
             to
             fight
             upon
             any
             occasion
             .
             Likewise
             you
             will
             be
             able
             to
             march
             safer
             and
             farther
             in
             a
             day
             ,
             than
             you
             can
             when
             your
             Army
             marcheth
             but
             in
             one
             or
             two
             ways
             .
          
           
             If
             it
             fall
             out
             so
             that
             you
             must
             be
             constrained
             to
             march
             with
             your
             Army
             and
             Baggage
             in
             one
             High-way
             ,
             or
             over
             one
             Bridge
             ,
             the
             Conductor
             that
             hath
             the
             Conducting
             of
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             your
             Train
             ,
             ought
             to
             know
             upon
             such
             an
             occasion
             what
             Regiment
             his
             Train
             of
             Artillery
             is
             to
             follow
             ;
             and
             that
             he
             have
             a
             special
             care
             not
             to
             march
             into
             any
             narrow
             passage
             before
             those
             Troops
             he
             is
             to
             follow
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             have
             any
             occasion
             to
             send
             out
             any
             parties
             to
             provide
             Provisions
             for
             your
             Army
             against
             night
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             give
             order
             unto
             those
             Officers
             to
             keep
             their
             Souldiers
             from
             stragling
             ;
             for
             such
             oversights
             do
             many
             times
             bring
             great
             inconvenncies
             
             to
             an
             Army
             .
             Therefore
             Officers
             ought
             not
             at
             any
             time
             to
             suffer
             their
             Souldiers
             to
             straggle
             ,
             nor
             slacken
             the
             severity
             of
             Military
             Discipline
             ,
             though
             they
             believe
             themselves
             far
             from
             an
             Enemy
             ,
             and
             in
             great
             security
             .
             For
             Souldiers
             are
             commonly
             least
             secure
             when
             they
             think
             themselves
             most
             secure
             .
             Security
             is
             commonly
             the
             fore-runner
             of
             misery
             .
          
           
             In
             marching
             with
             an
             Army
             to
             fight
             with
             your
             Enemy
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             carry
             with
             you
             as
             much
             Bread
             ,
             Cheese
             ,
             or
             Cattel
             and
             Salt
             as
             you
             may
             conveniently
             ;
             for
             it
             is
             impossible
             that
             Souldiers
             should
             find
             Bread
             to
             be
             bought
             every
             where
             :
             And
             if
             it
             be
             possible
             to
             be
             done
             with
             safety
             ,
             lie
             with
             your
             Army
             between
             your
             Enemy
             and
             his
             Provisions
             ,
             being
             better
             furnished
             with
             Provisions
             than
             your
             Enemy
             :
             For
             lying
             near
             your
             Enemy
             with
             safety
             ,
             and
             without
             fighting
             ,
             will
             in
             the
             end
             surely
             discourage
             your
             Enemies
             Souldiers
             by
             their
             necessities
             ,
             or
             force
             them
             to
             fight
             upon
             disadvantages
             ,
             or
             at
             last
             put
             them
             to
             a
             retreat
             :
             And
             then
             the
             Victory
             is
             more
             then
             half
             won
             ,
             if
             any
             of
             these
             things
             happen
             unto
             your
             Enemy
             .
          
           
             An
             Army
             may
             be
             divided
             into
             four
             parts
             ,
             namely
             ,
             the
             Cavalry
             ,
             the
             Infantry
             ,
             the
             Artillery
             ,
             and
             the
             Victuals
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             March
             with
             Cannon
             ,
             and
             suffer
             an
             Enemy
             to
             approach
             too
             near
             you
             without
             intrenching
             ,
             it
             is
             impossible
             for
             you
             to
             avoid
             fighting
             or
             losing
             your
             Cannon
             .
             Therefore
             a
             General
             ought
             to
             know
             how
             to
             make
             use
             of
             it
             at
             his
             advantage
             ,
             and
             avoid
             
             the
             inconveniences
             of
             it
             by
             his
             foresight
             ,
             either
             by
             intrenching
             ,
             or
             retreating
             in
             time
             ,
             if
             he
             hath
             no
             mind
             to
             hazard
             a
             Battel
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             nothing
             that
             bringeth
             so
             much
             disorder
             to
             an
             Army
             upon
             the
             March
             as
             the
             Baggage
             :
             And
             therefore
             it
             is
             highly
             necessary
             to
             reduce
             it
             to
             the
             smallest
             proportion
             that
             may
             be
             :
             and
             the
             Waggon-Master-General
             ought
             to
             make
             a
             review
             of
             it
             every
             morning
             when
             the
             Army
             marcheth
             ,
             for
             otherwise
             it
             will
             daily
             increase
             .
          
           
             Your
             Marshal-General
             ought
             not
             to
             suffer
             many
             Women
             ,
             or
             Boys
             to
             March
             with
             an
             Army
             ,
             whereby
             Sickness
             and
             Famine
             get
             into
             the
             Army
             .
          
           
             If
             your
             Army
             be
             of
             any
             great
             strength
             ,
             then
             may
             you
             march
             with
             it
             in
             two
             parts
             ,
             each
             part
             about
             two
             or
             three
             miles
             distant
             from
             the
             other
             ▪
             if
             you
             have
             no
             Enemy
             near
             you
             that
             is
             able
             to
             affront
             you
             .
             And
             if
             you
             can
             march
             in
             this
             order
             with
             safety
             ,
             you
             will
             march
             much
             the
             farther
             in
             a
             day
             ,
             and
             your
             Souldiers
             will
             be
             much
             better
             provided
             for
             at
             night
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             are
             to
             march
             with
             an
             Army
             into
             a
             Country
             where
             you
             think
             the
             Inhabitants
             will
             flie
             before
             you
             ,
             then
             ought
             you
             to
             carry
             Hand-mills
             ,
             and
             Baking-pans
             along
             with
             you
             ,
             that
             each
             Company
             upon
             occasion
             may
             be
             able
             to
             grind
             their
             own
             Corn
             ,
             and
             provide
             themselves
             Bread.
             
          
           
             It
             is
             very
             fit
             and
             necessary
             ,
             if
             you
             have
             any
             occasion
             to
             pass
             over
             any
             Rivers
             that
             are
             not
             fordable
             ,
             
             in
             your
             march
             ,
             to
             carry
             with
             you
             Boats
             or
             Punts
             to
             make
             a
             Bridge
             of
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             most
             necessary
             likewise
             to
             carry
             with
             you
             Caltrops
             into
             the
             Field
             ,
             the
             which
             are
             very
             convenient
             at
             times
             to
             be
             thrown
             in
             places
             ,
             as
             either
             into
             Fords
             or
             narrow
             passages
             ,
             where
             Horses
             are
             to
             pass
             to
             spoil
             them
             :
             and
             they
             are
             of
             especial
             use
             in
             a
             night
             upon
             a
             Retreat
             ,
             to
             be
             thrown
             into
             narrow
             passages
             ,
             or
             by
             day
             into
             dirty
             or
             watry
             passages
             .
             Those
             Caltrops
             that
             are
             made
             for
             Fords
             ,
             must
             be
             made
             somewhat
             more
             weighty
             than
             those
             that
             are
             made
             for
             other
             passages
             ,
             that
             the
             water
             may
             not
             be
             able
             to
             carry
             them
             away
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XVII
               .
            
             Some
             Observations
             for
             the
             Quartering
             of
             an
             Army
             at
             Night
             upon
             a
             March
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             setting
             out
             of
             their
             Guards
             to
             secure
             their
             Quarters
             .
          
           
             YOU
             ought
             to
             give
             a
             strict
             charge
             to
             the
             Quarter-Master-General
             of
             the
             Foot
             ,
             to
             have
             a
             special
             care
             (
             if
             it
             be
             possible
             )
             to
             Quarter
             your
             Infantry
             upon
             a
             march
             ,
             and
             your
             Train
             of
             Artillery
             in
             places
             that
             are
             naturally
             ,
             or
             casually
             well
             fortified
             ,
             as
             with
             inclosures
             ,
             or
             in
             places
             compassed
             with
             Rivers
             ,
             or
             Moors
             ;
             and
             where
             there
             may
             be
             Provisions
             for
             your
             Carriage-Horses
             ,
             or
             where
             Provisions
             may
             conveniently
             be
             brought
             in
             by
             the
             Country-people
             for
             them
             .
             This
             way
             of
             Quartering
             your
             Army
             must
             be
             carefully
             observed
             ,
             if
             any
             Enemy
             of
             strength
             be
             near
             you
             that
             may
             be
             able
             to
             do
             you
             any
             affront
             upon
             any
             of
             your
             Quarters
             .
             If
             any
             Enemy
             of
             strength
             be
             near
             you
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             Quarter
             your
             Army
             as
             near
             together
             as
             possibly
             you
             can
             ;
             but
             by
             all
             means
             if
             it
             be
             possible
             ,
             avoid
             Quartering
             your
             Infantry
             in
             the
             Campagnia
             .
          
           
             The
             time
             of
             lodging
             an
             Army
             is
             a
             dangerous
             time
             to
             be
             assaulted
             in
             ,
             because
             the
             Army
             is
             then
             tired
             ,
             and
             every
             man
             (
             desirous
             to
             be
             lodged
             )
             hastneth
             to
             the
             quarter
             in
             disorder
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             thing
             
             hard
             to
             avoid
             :
             And
             therefore
             the
             General
             and
             the
             Officers
             ought
             to
             have
             a
             special
             care
             to
             avoid
             this
             danger
             .
             The
             which
             I
             conceive
             to
             be
             done
             best
             this
             way
             .
             Those
             Horse
             and
             Dragoons
             that
             you
             send
             before
             for
             a
             Guard
             with
             the
             Quarter-Master-General
             ,
             and
             his
             attendants
             for
             the
             providing
             of
             Quarters
             ,
             as
             soon
             as
             those
             Troops
             shall
             come
             to
             the
             place
             where
             the
             Army
             shall
             quarter
             ,
             they
             ought
             to
             send
             out
             small
             Parties
             ,
             and
             Scouts
             several
             ways
             to
             discover
             ,
             and
             to
             search
             for
             ambushments
             ;
             and
             the
             remainder
             of
             the
             Horse
             and
             Dragoons
             ought
             to
             keep
             guards
             in
             some
             convenient
             places
             about
             the
             Quarters
             till
             night
             :
             And
             such
             Foot
             Souldiers
             as
             you
             send
             before
             to
             preserve
             the
             Foot
             Quarters
             from
             being
             pillaged
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             two
             out
             of
             every
             Company
             ,
             a
             Pikeman
             ,
             and
             a
             Musqueteer
             ;
             and
             a
             Serjeant
             out
             of
             each
             Regiment
             to
             command
             them
             :
             and
             two
             Lieutenants
             and
             a
             Captain
             out
             of
             the
             three
             Brigades
             of
             Foot
             ,
             to
             Command
             all
             the
             men
             that
             are
             appointed
             to
             preserve
             the
             Foot
             Quarters
             from
             being
             pillaged
             by
             their
             Camerades
             .
             These
             Souldiers
             and
             Officers
             ought
             to
             have
             their
             Orders
             over
             night
             for
             the
             same
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             be
             in
             a
             readiness
             in
             the
             morning
             to
             march
             with
             the
             Pioners
             as
             a
             guard
             for
             them
             :
             for
             the
             aforesaid
             Souldiers
             may
             most
             conveniently
             do
             these
             two
             services
             under
             one
             .
          
           
             The
             Carriages
             that
             belong
             to
             the
             Horse
             Officers
             (
             especially
             the
             Carriages
             for
             such
             Officers
             as
             shall
             be
             lodged
             in
             Out-Quarters
             with
             the
             Foot
             Carriages
             )
             the
             Marshal
             of
             the
             Field
             ,
             the
             General
             of
             the
             Artillery
             ,
             the
             Treasurer
             of
             the
             Army
             ,
             the
             Commissary
             of
             the
             Victuals
             ,
             the
             Quarter-Master-General
             ,
             
             the
             Secretary
             of
             the
             Council
             of
             War
             ,
             the
             Provost-General
             ;
             all
             these
             ought
             to
             be
             lodged
             within
             the
             General
             Quarter
             .
          
           
             The
             Marshal
             of
             the
             Field
             ,
             the
             Major-Generals
             of
             the
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ,
             and
             the
             Majors
             of
             the
             Brigades
             both
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ,
             ought
             to
             go
             before
             to
             the
             Quarters
             to
             view
             the
             most
             convenient
             places
             for
             Guards
             for
             the
             security
             of
             their
             Quarters
             .
             The
             Serjeant
             Major
             of
             the
             Regiments
             both
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             that
             are
             assured
             to
             have
             Out-watches
             at
             night
             ,
             ought
             to
             go
             somewhat
             before
             their
             Regiments
             to
             know
             of
             the
             Major
             of
             the
             Brigade
             where
             the
             places
             are
             that
             the
             Companies
             of
             their
             Regiments
             should
             guard
             that
             night
             ,
             with
             their
             Orders
             for
             the
             same
             .
             Then
             the
             Serjeant-Majors
             of
             these
             Regiments
             ,
             that
             are
             to
             have
             the
             Out-watches
             for
             the
             night
             ,
             knowing
             what
             Guards
             the
             Companies
             of
             the
             Regiments
             should
             have
             that
             night
             ,
             and
             having
             received
             all
             their
             Orders
             for
             the
             same
             ,
             ought
             to
             meet
             their
             Regiments
             before
             they
             come
             to
             the
             Quarters
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             conduct
             the
             Companies
             of
             their
             Regiments
             that
             are
             to
             watch
             at
             night
             ,
             the
             nearest
             way
             to
             their
             Guards
             ;
             seeing
             it
             is
             a
             great
             trouble
             for
             Companies
             that
             are
             tired
             ,
             to
             remove
             from
             their
             Regiments
             to
             their
             Guards
             ,
             having
             laid
             down
             their
             Arms
             ,
             and
             setled
             themselves
             for
             rest
             .
          
           
             After
             the
             Marshal
             of
             the
             Field
             ,
             or
             the
             Major-General
             of
             the
             Foot
             ,
             or
             both
             ,
             have
             had
             a
             special
             care
             of
             securing
             the
             Quarters
             of
             the
             Infantry
             from
             all
             danger
             of
             any
             sudden
             surprises
             ,
             by
             placing
             good
             Guards
             in
             convenient
             places
             ;
             then
             if
             the
             Infantry
             
             be
             quartered
             all
             together
             ,
             the
             General
             or
             the
             Marshal
             of
             the
             Field
             ,
             or
             the
             Serjeant-Major-General
             of
             the
             Infantry
             ,
             one
             of
             them
             ought
             to
             go
             every
             night
             one
             round
             or
             two
             :
             besides
             ,
             there
             ought
             to
             be
             appointed
             a
             Colonel
             to
             go
             the
             Grand
             Round
             every
             night
             ,
             and
             he
             ought
             not
             to
             fail
             to
             go
             two
             Rounds
             .
             And
             in
             my
             opinion
             it
             is
             fitter
             for
             all
             Grand
             Rounds
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             Rounds
             ,
             to
             give
             the
             Word
             ,
             than
             to
             receive
             it
             .
          
           
             But
             if
             it
             falleth
             out
             so
             ,
             that
             you
             Quarter
             your
             Brigades
             of
             Foot
             one
             from
             another
             ,
             then
             the
             Major-General
             of
             the
             Foot
             must
             trust
             to
             the
             care
             and
             judgment
             of
             the
             Colonels
             and
             Majors
             of
             the
             Brigades
             for
             the
             setting
             out
             of
             their
             Guards
             ,
             and
             going
             the
             Rounds
             ,
             unless
             it
             be
             that
             Brigade
             with
             which
             he
             lodgeth
             himself
             .
             The
             Major-General
             ought
             always
             in
             such
             a
             case
             to
             give
             order
             to
             the
             Colonels
             of
             the
             Brigades
             ,
             that
             they
             appoint
             an
             Officer
             of
             the
             Field
             for
             the
             Grand
             Round
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             fail
             not
             to
             go
             two
             Rounds
             at
             the
             least
             :
             There
             must
             be
             likewise
             appointed
             a
             Captain
             of
             the
             watch
             to
             every
             Regiment
             that
             lieth
             within
             the
             Quarters
             ,
             to
             see
             that
             the
             Corporals
             and
             Sentries
             at
             each
             Colours
             keep
             good
             Watch
             ;
             and
             that
             the
             Souldiers
             of
             each
             Company
             of
             his
             Regiment
             within
             the
             quarter
             keep
             good
             order
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Souldiers
             within
             his
             Quarters
             make
             no
             fires
             in
             any
             places
             ,
             where
             they
             may
             endanger
             the
             firing
             of
             the
             Quarters
             .
          
           
             I
             will
             now
             say
             something
             concerning
             the
             Quartering
             of
             the
             Horse
             ,
             which
             you
             ought
             always
             to
             Quarter
             without-side
             of
             the
             Foot.
             The
             Horse-Quarters
             ought
             to
             be
             as
             near
             together
             as
             conveniently
             
             you
             may
             lay
             them
             ,
             that
             upon
             all
             occasions
             they
             may
             be
             able
             to
             assist
             one
             the
             other
             upon
             any
             sudden
             falling
             on
             their
             Quarters
             in
             the
             night
             .
             And
             that
             you
             may
             Quarter
             your
             Horse
             the
             nearer
             together
             ,
             you
             may
             by
             sending
             out
             parties
             of
             Horse
             before
             ,
             cause
             the
             Country
             people
             to
             bring
             in
             Provisions
             both
             for
             your
             Horse-men
             ,
             and
             their
             Horses
             into
             the
             chief
             Villages
             or
             Towns
             where
             you
             are
             to
             Quarter
             your
             Horse
             ;
             the
             which
             the
             Country
             people
             will
             most
             willingly
             do
             ,
             rather
             than
             to
             be
             troubled
             with
             the
             Quartering
             of
             any
             Horsemen
             ;
             and
             by
             this
             means
             your
             Troops
             will
             lodge
             much
             the
             safer
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             one
             of
             the
             hardest
             things
             that
             I
             do
             know
             that
             belongs
             to
             Horse-Service
             ,
             for
             a
             Commander
             of
             Horse
             judiciously
             to
             order
             his
             Horse
             Guards
             for
             the
             securing
             of
             his
             Quarters
             at
             night
             .
             And
             the
             best
             way
             for
             doing
             the
             same
             ,
             as
             I
             conceive
             ,
             is
             this
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             lodge
             in
             your
             outermost
             Quarters
             of
             Horse
             which
             lie
             next
             your
             Enemy
             .
             And
             before
             you
             draw
             your
             Horse
             into
             their
             Quarters
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             set
             out
             your
             Guards
             ,
             and
             send
             out
             of
             your
             Guards
             some
             small
             parties
             several
             ways
             ;
             and
             when
             those
             that
             you
             have
             sent
             out
             are
             returned
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             send
             out
             more
             ,
             to
             discover
             any
             parties
             of
             your
             Enemies
             ,
             and
             to
             search
             for
             ambushments
             .
             Your
             Dragooners
             that
             are
             Quartered
             in
             your
             out-Quarters
             of
             Horse
             ,
             ought
             to
             guard
             the
             High-ways
             that
             come
             into
             your
             Quarters
             .
             And
             against
             such
             guards
             of
             the
             Dragoons
             as
             you
             keep
             upon
             the
             High-ways
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             Barricado
             your
             High-ways
             up
             with
             something
             or
             other
             that
             may
             not
             easily
             be
             removed
             ;
             and
             let
             the
             Pioners
             make
             
             you
             another
             way
             for
             the
             relief
             of
             your
             Guards
             from
             your
             quarters
             .
             And
             therefore
             I
             hold
             it
             most
             convenient
             to
             have
             an
             hundred
             Pioners
             to
             be
             horsed
             ,
             which
             always
             should
             be
             lodged
             in
             the
             outermost
             Horse-quarters
             next
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             for
             the
             stopping
             up
             of
             some
             passages
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             making
             of
             others
             that
             may
             be
             unknown
             to
             the
             Enemy
             :
             Likewise
             upon
             the
             ways
             which
             are
             made
             by
             the
             Pioners
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             a
             Guard
             of
             Dragooners
             :
             and
             all
             your
             Dragooners
             ought
             to
             have
             Swine-feathers
             ,
             the
             which
             the
             Dragooners
             ought
             to
             stick
             up
             without
             side
             of
             the
             Avenues
             ;
             and
             in
             the
             Avenues
             that
             the
             Pioners
             have
             made
             for
             the
             relief
             of
             the
             Out
             guards
             of
             Horse
             .
          
           
             One
             Guard
             is
             not
             sufficient
             to
             give
             the
             Alarm
             at
             that
             distance
             ,
             whereby
             you
             may
             have
             leisure
             to
             put
             your self
             in
             order
             to
             fight
             :
             wherefore
             you
             ought
             always
             to
             have
             half
             your
             Horsemen
             to
             watch
             on
             horse-back
             one
             half
             of
             the
             night
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             the
             other
             half
             of
             the
             night
             :
             and
             when
             the
             one
             half
             of
             your
             Horsemen
             watcheth
             ,
             the
             other
             half
             of
             your
             Horsemen
             must
             be
             saddled
             ,
             and
             the
             Officers
             and
             Horsemen
             be
             in
             their
             cloaths
             .
             Your
             innermost
             Horse-quarters
             (
             which
             lie
             safer
             than
             your
             outermost
             Horse-quarters
             )
             when
             the
             one
             half
             of
             your
             Horsemen
             watcheth
             ,
             the
             other
             half
             may
             be
             unsaddled
             ;
             but
             your
             Officers
             and
             Horsemen
             must
             not
             lie
             out
             of
             their
             Cloaths
             .
             And
             the
             Officers
             in
             each
             quarter
             ought
             to
             have
             order
             upon
             any
             alarm
             ,
             that
             as
             soon
             as
             they
             are
             drawn
             in
             Arms
             they
             should
             make
             all
             the
             haste
             they
             can
             to
             assist
             their
             Camerades
             that
             are
             assaulted
             in
             their
             quarters
             ;
             and
             that
             an
             Officer
             in
             Chief
             in
             each
             quarter
             go
             two
             or
             
             three
             Rounds
             in
             a
             night
             .
             And
             this
             order
             of
             watching
             ought
             to
             be
             observed
             in
             your
             Horse-quarters
             ,
             if
             you
             lie
             within
             twenty
             miles
             of
             any
             Garrison
             of
             your
             Enemy
             that
             is
             able
             to
             affront
             any
             of
             your
             quarters
             .
          
           
             The
             General
             of
             an
             Army
             ought
             always
             upon
             a
             March
             to
             give
             out
             two
             words
             at
             night
             ,
             the
             one
             for
             a
             Watch-word
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             for
             a
             Field-word
             .
             The
             Officers
             ought
             to
             receive
             both
             ,
             but
             the
             Souldiers
             only
             the
             Field-word
             ;
             the
             which
             ought
             not
             to
             be
             given
             to
             the
             Souldiers
             ,
             unless
             there
             be
             an
             Alarm
             .
          
           
             Towns
             and
             Villages
             that
             lie
             in
             a
             Champaign
             Country
             are
             most
             fit
             for
             Horse-quarters
             :
             the
             Towns
             and
             Villages
             that
             lie
             in
             an
             inclosed
             Country
             are
             most
             fit
             for
             Foot-quarters
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XVIII
               .
            
             Some
             certain
             Observations
             to
             be
             kept
             in
             the
             fighting
             of
             Battels
             ,
             and
             some
             Directions
             for
             the
             Imbattelling
             of
             an
             Army
             .
          
           
             WE
             may
             observe
             two
             especial
             ends
             which
             the
             great
             Commanders
             of
             the
             World
             have
             ever
             striven
             to
             atchieve
             ,
             Victory
             ,
             and
             Over
             mastering
             their
             Enemies
             .
             The
             latter
             by
             cunning
             ,
             and
             wisely
             carrying
             of
             a
             matter
             before
             it
             come
             to
             trial
             by
             blows
             :
             the
             former
             by
             forceable
             means
             ,
             and
             fighting
             a
             Battel
             :
             the
             one
             proceeding
             from
             Wisdom
             ,
             and
             the
             better
             faculties
             of
             the
             soul
             ;
             the
             other
             depending
             upon
             the
             strength
             and
             abilities
             of
             the
             body
             .
             The
             latter
             end
             is
             principally
             to
             be
             embraced
             ,
             as
             the
             safest
             course
             in
             these
             uncertain
             and
             casual
             events
             .
             For
             that
             which
             resteth
             upon
             corporal
             strength
             ,
             and
             maketh
             execution
             the
             way
             to
             a
             conclusion
             ,
             is
             full
             of
             hazard
             ,
             and
             little
             certainty
             .
             And
             yet
             of
             all
             the
             actions
             of
             War
             ,
             the
             most
             glorious
             and
             most
             important
             is
             to
             know
             how
             to
             give
             Battel
             :
             For
             the
             art
             of
             imbattelling
             an
             Army
             hath
             always
             been
             esteemed
             the
             chiefest
             point
             of
             skill
             in
             a
             General
             (
             for
             skill
             and
             practice
             do
             more
             towards
             the
             Victory
             than
             multitude
             )
             seeing
             the
             gaining
             of
             one
             or
             two
             Battels
             acquireth
             ,
             or
             subverteth
             whole
             Empires
             ,
             Kingdoms
             ,
             or
             Countrys
             :
             And
             therefore
             a
             General
             of
             an
             Army
             
             ought
             to
             know
             all
             the
             advantages
             which
             may
             be
             taken
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             ;
             and
             how
             to
             prepare
             against
             disadvantages
             which
             may
             happen
             .
             Concerning
             both
             which
             I
             will
             here
             give
             you
             my
             opinion
             .
          
           
             Advantages
             bring
             hope
             of
             Victory
             ,
             and
             hope
             conceiveth
             such
             spirits
             as
             usually
             follow
             when
             the
             thing
             which
             is
             hoped
             for
             is
             effected
             ;
             whereby
             the
             courage
             becometh
             hardy
             ,
             and
             resolute
             in
             Victory
             ;
             and
             where
             the
             Souldiers
             fear
             no
             overthrow
             ,
             they
             are
             more
             than
             half
             Conquerours
             .
             So
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ,
             disadvantages
             and
             danger
             breed
             fear
             ,
             and
             fear
             so
             checketh
             valour
             ,
             and
             controuleth
             the
             spirits
             ,
             that
             Vertue
             and
             Honour
             give
             place
             to
             distrust
             ,
             and
             yield
             up
             their
             interest
             to
             such
             directors
             as
             can
             afford
             nothing
             but
             diffidence
             and
             irresolutions
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             most
             necessary
             for
             a
             General
             in
             the
             first
             place
             to
             approve
             his
             Cause
             ,
             and
             settle
             an
             opinion
             of
             right
             in
             the
             minds
             of
             his
             Officers
             and
             Souldiers
             :
             the
             which
             can
             be
             no
             way
             better
             done
             ,
             than
             by
             the
             Chaplains
             of
             an
             Army
             .
             Also
             a
             General
             ought
             to
             speak
             to
             the
             Colonels
             of
             his
             Army
             to
             encourage
             their
             Officers
             with
             a
             desire
             to
             fight
             with
             the
             Enemy
             ;
             and
             all
             the
             Officers
             to
             do
             the
             like
             to
             their
             Souldiers
             .
             And
             the
             better
             to
             raise
             the
             common
             Souldiers
             spirits
             ,
             let
             their
             Officers
             tell
             them
             that
             their
             General
             doth
             promise
             them
             ,
             if
             they
             will
             fight
             courageously
             with
             their
             Enemy
             ,
             and
             do
             get
             the
             day
             ,
             that
             they
             shall
             have
             ,
             besides
             the
             Pillage
             of
             the
             Field
             ,
             twelve-pence
             apiece
             to
             drink
             ,
             to
             refresh
             their
             spirits
             when
             the
             business
             is
             done
             .
             The
             which
             I
             am
             confident
             will
             make
             the
             common
             
             men
             fight
             better
             ,
             than
             the
             best
             Oration
             in
             the
             world
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             very
             fit
             a
             General
             should
             use
             his
             best
             endeavour
             to
             understand
             the
             strength
             of
             his
             Enemies
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ,
             and
             how
             they
             are
             armed
             both
             with
             Offensive
             and
             Defensive
             Arms
             ,
             and
             what
             proportion
             of
             Pikes
             they
             have
             to
             their
             Musqueteers
             .
             Also
             he
             must
             endeavour
             to
             know
             by
             name
             and
             place
             the
             Chief
             Officers
             of
             his
             Enemies
             Army
             ,
             and
             their
             abilities
             in
             Martial
             Affairs
             ;
             by
             the
             which
             means
             he
             may
             guess
             where
             the
             Chief
             Commanders
             do
             command
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             :
             So
             he
             may
             easily
             know
             how
             to
             place
             his
             Army
             best
             for
             his
             own
             advantage
             .
             This
             if
             carefully
             observed
             will
             be
             of
             very
             great
             use
             .
          
           
             You
             ought
             to
             know
             that
             novelties
             ,
             and
             unexpected
             adventures
             are
             very
             successful
             in
             Battels
             ,
             and
             in
             all
             Martial
             designs
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             must
             be
             careful
             never
             to
             hazard
             a
             Battel
             with
             his
             Enemy
             ,
             when
             he
             findeth
             him
             imbattelled
             in
             a
             ground
             of
             advantage
             ,
             although
             he
             do
             out-number
             him
             much
             with
             men
             :
             The
             safest
             way
             then
             will
             be
             to
             fight
             with
             him
             by
             Famine
             :
             For
             although
             a
             Generals
             Fortune
             should
             be
             generally
             subject
             to
             his
             will
             ,
             yet
             by
             his
             wisdom
             he
             should
             rather
             follow
             Reason
             than
             Fortune
             in
             such
             cases
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             ought
             to
             be
             careful
             when
             an
             Enemy
             approacheth
             near
             him
             ,
             to
             send
             out
             some
             two
             or
             three
             knowing
             Officers
             with
             a
             good
             strong
             party
             of
             Horse
             and
             Dragooners
             to
             make
             good
             the
             Horsemens
             
             retreat
             upon
             occasion
             )
             whereby
             to
             discover
             the
             Enemies
             strength
             ,
             and
             order
             of
             his
             March
             :
             and
             that
             they
             take
             notice
             of
             what
             advantages
             may
             be
             taken
             of
             the
             ground
             which
             lieth
             between
             them
             .
             And
             the
             party
             that
             is
             sent
             ought
             to
             have
             order
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             possible
             to
             take
             some
             stragglers
             ,
             that
             the
             General
             may
             the
             better
             understand
             the
             strength
             ,
             and
             condition
             of
             his
             Enemies
             Army
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             intend
             to
             give
             Battel
             ,
             you
             must
             have
             regard
             to
             these
             principal
             things
             that
             follow
             :
             You
             must
             never
             suffer
             your self
             to
             be
             forced
             to
             fight
             against
             your
             will
             ;
             and
             never
             to
             fight
             your
             Souldiers
             when
             their
             spirits
             are
             either
             dismayed
             ,
             or
             cast
             down
             .
             If
             you
             resolve
             to
             fight
             with
             your
             Enemy
             ,
             then
             you
             ought
             to
             choose
             a
             place
             for
             the
             Battel
             fit
             for
             the
             quality
             ,
             and
             number
             of
             your
             Souldiers
             .
             For
             if
             you
             fear
             to
             be
             inclosed
             by
             a
             great
             number
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             shelter
             your
             flanks
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             one
             of
             them
             ,
             by
             the
             nature
             of
             the
             place
             ,
             as
             by
             a
             River
             ,
             Wood
             ,
             or
             some
             other
             thing
             equivalent
             :
             If
             you
             be
             weak
             in
             your
             Cavalry
             ,
             you
             must
             avoid
             the
             Plains
             ,
             or
             fight
             with
             Foot
             amongst
             your
             Horse
             ,
             as
             is
             shewed
             in
             the
             three
             next
             Battels
             :
             If
             you
             be
             strong
             in
             Horse
             ,
             you
             must
             avoid
             strait
             passages
             ,
             or
             inclosed
             places
             .
          
           
             You
             ought
             to
             know
             that
             directions
             are
             the
             life
             of
             Action
             ,
             and
             the
             sinews
             and
             strength
             of
             Martial
             Discipline
             ;
             and
             therefore
             you
             must
             give
             punctual
             orders
             to
             your
             Marshal
             of
             the
             Field
             ,
             and
             your
             Major-Generals
             ,
             and
             Colonels
             of
             the
             Brigades
             both
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             before
             they
             begin
             to
             fight
             :
             And
             your
             Orders
             ought
             to
             be
             written
             ,
             if
             you
             have
             
             time
             :
             for
             after
             the
             Battel
             is
             once
             begun
             ,
             is
             is
             impossible
             for
             a
             General
             to
             give
             Orders
             ,
             more
             than
             in
             that
             part
             where
             he
             is
             present
             at
             the
             same
             time
             .
          
           
             That
             you
             may
             know
             how
             to
             place
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             at
             their
             true
             distances
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             allow
             unto
             every
             Horseman
             in
             the
             Front
             of
             the
             Divisions
             of
             the
             Van-guard
             ,
             and
             Battel
             six
             foot
             of
             ground
             in
             breadth
             ;
             and
             to
             every
             Foot
             Souldier
             in
             the
             Divisions
             in
             the
             Van-guard
             ,
             and
             Battel
             you
             ought
             to
             allow
             five
             Foot.
             Also
             you
             must
             observe
             ,
             that
             between
             every
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             in
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             your
             Army
             to
             allow
             an
             hundred
             paces
             of
             ground
             in
             breadth
             ,
             three
             feet
             to
             the
             pace
             :
             besides
             what
             you
             allow
             for
             the
             Division
             in
             the
             Battel
             ,
             which
             is
             for
             the
             reserve
             .
             You
             ought
             likewise
             to
             allow
             between
             the
             Vanguard
             of
             your
             Horse-Troops
             an
             hundred
             paces
             ;
             and
             between
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             your
             Foot
             an
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             paces
             ,
             three
             feet
             to
             the
             pace
             .
             This
             order
             must
             be
             observed
             both
             in
             placing
             the
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ,
             and
             the
             Van-guards
             ,
             Battel
             ,
             and
             Reer-guard
             of
             your
             Army
             ;
             that
             the
             formost
             Troops
             being
             put
             to
             recoil
             ,
             may
             not
             fall
             upon
             those
             which
             should
             come
             up
             to
             relieve
             them
             ,
             nor
             the
             Battel
             upon
             the
             Reer
             .
          
           
             You
             must
             always
             be
             careful
             to
             place
             the
             best
             Regiments
             either
             of
             Horse
             or
             Foot
             on
             the
             Wings
             of
             your
             Army
             .
          
           
             The
             Officers
             that
             lead
             the
             Divisions
             in
             the
             Vanguard
             of
             a
             Battel
             ought
             to
             have
             special
             care
             to
             see
             that
             the
             Divisions
             both
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             keep
             
             their
             distances
             ;
             but
             especially
             the
             Officers
             that
             lead
             the
             Divisions
             in
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             your
             Army
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             your
             Horse
             or
             Foot
             ,
             they
             must
             be
             extraordinarily
             careful
             that
             they
             close
             not
             with
             their
             Divisions
             in
             upon
             the
             main
             Body
             .
             I
             know
             no
             one
             thing
             that
             Officers
             care
             is
             more
             required
             about
             ,
             in
             fighting
             a
             Battel
             ,
             than
             to
             see
             that
             such
             Divisions
             as
             they
             Command
             keep
             their
             Distances
             :
             For
             let
             a
             man
             consider
             how
             hard
             a
             thing
             it
             is
             for
             an
             Army
             that
             is
             imbattelled
             in
             a
             Campagnia
             to
             march
             a
             mile
             together
             without
             losing
             their
             Order
             .
             And
             questionless
             it
             is
             much
             harder
             for
             an
             Army
             to
             march
             a
             mile
             together
             in
             the
             face
             of
             an
             Enemy
             ,
             and
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             the
             Army
             continually
             skirmishing
             to
             keep
             their
             distances
             :
             And
             unless
             the
             Officers
             of
             an
             Army
             are
             punctual
             in
             observing
             their
             Orders
             of
             keeping
             their
             distances
             in
             marching
             ,
             it
             is
             impossible
             but
             some
             part
             of
             your
             Army
             ,
             if
             not
             the
             whole
             ,
             will
             be
             in
             a
             confusion
             before
             the
             Battel
             be
             half
             fought
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             seldom
             or
             never
             seen
             that
             two
             Armies
             that
             are
             of
             any
             equal
             strength
             ,
             and
             that
             use
             one
             kind
             of
             Discipline
             ,
             being
             imbattelled
             one
             against
             the
             other
             ,
             but
             the
             one
             Army
             out-fronteth
             the
             other
             upon
             one
             of
             the
             Wings
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             Army
             out-fronteth
             the
             other
             upon
             the
             contrary
             Wing
             ,
             when
             both
             Armies
             come
             to
             encounter
             .
             Therefore
             you
             ought
             to
             give
             punctual
             Orders
             ,
             before
             the
             Battel
             beginneth
             ,
             to
             those
             Chief
             Commanders
             that
             Command
             on
             the
             outermost
             flanks
             of
             the
             Van-guards
             of
             the
             Horse
             ,
             that
             in
             case
             either
             of
             the
             Wings
             of
             Horse
             doth
             out-front
             his
             Enemies
             Wing
             of
             Horse
             ,
             they
             should
             advance
             easily
             ,
             keeping
             
             their
             order
             with
             that
             Wing
             of
             Horse
             which
             they
             Command
             (
             as
             soon
             as
             their
             Cannon
             begin
             to
             play
             ,
             and
             not
             before
             )
             and
             charge
             that
             Wing
             of
             Horse
             which
             they
             do
             out-front
             .
             Command
             also
             those
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             that
             out-flank
             your
             Enemies
             Horse
             on
             the
             flanks
             ,
             when
             they
             come
             within
             a
             near
             distance
             of
             your
             Enemies
             Troops
             ,
             to
             wheel
             with
             their
             Divisions
             so
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             be
             able
             to
             charge
             the
             Wing
             of
             their
             Enemies
             Horse
             on
             the
             flank
             ,
             at
             the
             same
             time
             when
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Horse
             chargeth
             them
             in
             the
             Front.
             And
             in
             case
             you
             do
             out-front
             your
             Enemies
             Army
             on
             both
             flanks
             ,
             either
             by
             the
             advantage
             of
             the
             number
             of
             your
             men
             ,
             or
             by
             the
             well-ordering
             of
             them
             ,
             then
             both
             your
             Wings
             of
             Horse
             must
             observe
             the
             aforesaid
             order
             .
          
           
             Here
             you
             must
             note
             ,
             that
             if
             you
             fight
             Foot
             among
             your
             Horse
             ,
             your
             Foot
             must
             advance
             with
             your
             Horse
             ,
             and
             your
             Horse
             by
             no
             means
             to
             advance
             before
             your
             Foot
             ,
             until
             your
             Enemies
             Horse
             be
             put
             to
             flight
             .
          
           
             But
             if
             it
             falleth
             out
             so
             (
             as
             most
             commonly
             it
             doth
             )
             that
             the
             one
             Army
             be
             out-flanked
             upon
             one
             Wing
             ,
             and
             the
             same
             Army
             doth
             out
             flank
             the
             other
             Army
             on
             the
             other
             Wing
             :
             if
             it
             fortune
             so
             ,
             that
             you
             be
             out-flanked
             in
             one
             of
             your
             Wings
             of
             Horse
             ,
             then
             ought
             the
             General
             to
             give
             an
             especial
             order
             to
             the
             Officers
             ,
             that
             that
             Wing
             of
             Horse
             which
             is
             out-flanked
             do
             not
             advance
             from
             the
             main
             Body
             of
             the
             Foot
             ,
             but
             keep
             an
             even
             front
             with
             the
             Foot
             ,
             until
             their
             Enemies
             Horse
             come
             up
             close
             to
             them
             to
             charge
             them
             .
             And
             in
             the
             mean
             
             time
             so
             soon
             as
             the
             Officers
             of
             either
             of
             your
             Wings
             of
             Horse
             discover
             that
             they
             shall
             be
             out-flanked
             ,
             they
             ought
             to
             have
             order
             to
             draw
             up
             on
             the
             outermost
             flank
             of
             that
             wing
             of
             Horse
             that
             is
             out-flanked
             ,
             the
             Reer-Guard
             of
             Horse
             of
             the
             same
             wing
             of
             Horse
             with
             all
             the
             expedition
             that
             may
             be
             .
             For
             I
             am
             confident
             it
             is
             far
             less
             dangerous
             to
             want
             a
             Reer-guard
             in
             a
             wing
             of
             Horse
             ,
             than
             to
             be
             out-flanked
             by
             his
             Enemies
             Horse
             .
             Likewise
             those
             Officers
             that
             do
             perceive
             they
             shall
             be
             out-flanked
             by
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             ,
             ought
             to
             have
             order
             that
             if
             any
             of
             their
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             (
             which
             doth
             most
             often
             fall
             out
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             out-flanked
             by
             the
             Enemies
             wing
             of
             Horse
             )
             do
             front
             against
             the
             Enemies
             Foot
             ,
             and
             not
             against
             their
             Horse
             ,
             that
             then
             they
             shall
             draw
             all
             those
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             on
             the
             outermost
             flanks
             of
             the
             same
             wing
             of
             Horse
             .
          
           
             But
             in
             the
             imbattelling
             of
             two
             Armies
             ,
             if
             it
             prove
             so
             that
             your
             Armies
             are
             equally
             fronted
             (
             the
             which
             seldom
             or
             never
             doth
             happen
             )
             then
             if
             you
             have
             one
             wing
             of
             Horse
             that
             are
             more
             confident
             in
             their
             Valour
             and
             Resolution
             ,
             than
             you
             are
             of
             the
             other
             ,
             let
             that
             wing
             of
             Horse
             charge
             first
             (
             for
             as
             many
             hands
             make
             light
             work
             ,
             so
             the
             best
             hands
             make
             surest
             work
             :
             )
             and
             the
             other
             wing
             of
             Horse
             keep
             in
             even
             front
             with
             the
             main
             body
             of
             Foot
             ,
             until
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             come
             up
             to
             charge
             them
             .
          
           
             You
             ought
             to
             use
             your
             best
             judgment
             ,
             and
             skill
             to
             charge
             your
             Enemy
             first
             in
             that
             place
             where
             you
             are
             surest
             to
             overcome
             him
             :
             for
             so
             favourable
             are
             mens
             judgments
             to
             that
             which
             is
             already
             happened
             ,
             
             that
             the
             sequel
             of
             every
             action
             dependeth
             for
             the
             most
             part
             upon
             the
             beginning
             .
          
           
             If
             it
             fortune
             so
             ,
             that
             either
             of
             your
             wings
             of
             Horse
             do
             put
             to
             flight
             either
             of
             your
             Enemies
             wings
             of
             Horse
             ,
             then
             ought
             the
             Chief
             Commander
             of
             that
             wing
             of
             Horse
             to
             have
             order
             upon
             the
             flight
             of
             his
             Enemies
             wing
             of
             Horse
             ,
             to
             send
             but
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             after
             them
             ;
             the
             which
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             have
             their
             Orders
             before-hand
             for
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             their
             Directions
             what
             to
             do
             .
             One
             of
             the
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             that
             is
             appointed
             to
             follow
             the
             routed
             wing
             of
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             ,
             should
             be
             commanded
             to
             be
             sub-divided
             into
             small
             sub-divisions
             when
             they
             are
             to
             follow
             the
             execution
             ,
             about
             fifteen
             Horsemen
             in
             a
             Division
             ;
             and
             the
             other
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             follow
             after
             in
             order
             ;
             and
             keeping
             their
             men
             together
             without
             being
             sub-divided
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             make
             good
             the
             Retreat
             of
             the
             other
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             which
             is
             upon
             the
             execution
             of
             those
             Horse
             of
             the
             Enemy
             which
             are
             fled
             :
             And
             all
             the
             three
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             have
             order
             not
             to
             follow
             the
             Enemy
             above
             a
             mile
             ,
             and
             then
             to
             return
             to
             the
             Army
             again
             ,
             with
             all
             the
             expedition
             that
             they
             may
             .
             And
             all
             your
             other
             Horse
             that
             have
             put
             the
             Enemies
             wing
             of
             Horse
             to
             flight
             ,
             ought
             to
             charge
             the
             Enemies
             Foot
             with
             as
             much
             speed
             as
             they
             can
             .
          
           
             Having
             spoken
             of
             some
             advantages
             that
             may
             be
             taken
             by
             the
             Horse
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             an
             Army
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             (
             the
             which
             are
             the
             chiefest
             advantages
             in
             winning
             of
             a
             Battel
             )
             and
             how
             they
             are
             to
             prepare
             
             against
             disadvantages
             that
             may
             happen
             :
             I
             will
             now
             speak
             something
             concerning
             some
             advantages
             ,
             and
             some
             disadvantages
             that
             may
             happen
             in
             Foot
             Service
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             .
          
           
             And
             first
             of
             the
             advantages
             that
             may
             be
             taken
             by
             Foot
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             ;
             the
             greatest
             advantage
             that
             can
             be
             made
             use
             of
             ,
             is
             by
             ordering
             the
             Musqueteers
             so
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             be
             able
             readily
             to
             skirmish
             with
             Foot
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             suddenly
             put
             in
             order
             upon
             any
             occasion
             to
             be
             sheltered
             by
             the
             Pikes
             from
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             .
             Each
             Division
             of
             Foot
             that
             fight
             in
             the
             Body
             of
             your
             Army
             (
             if
             you
             intend
             to
             use
             this
             kind
             of
             Discipline
             which
             is
             set
             down
             in
             this
             Book
             )
             ought
             to
             be
             in
             strength
             two
             hundred
             eighty
             eight
             men
             ,
             half
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             half
             Musqueteers
             .
             And
             each
             Division
             of
             Foot
             that
             is
             to
             fight
             amongst
             your
             Horse
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             an
             hundred
             forty
             four
             men
             in
             strength
             ,
             half
             Pikes
             and
             half
             Musqueteers
             .
             The
             way
             how
             to
             order
             these
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             is
             shewn
             you
             in
             these
             three
             following
             Battels
             .
             By
             this
             way
             of
             ordering
             your
             Foot
             ,
             the
             success
             of
             a
             Battel
             will
             not
             wholly
             rely
             upon
             the
             success
             of
             the
             Horse
             ,
             as
             it
             doth
             now
             adays
             ,
             as
             we
             do
             order
             our
             Infantry
             .
          
           
             Your
             Foot
             being
             ordered
             this
             way
             as
             is
             before
             spoken
             of
             ,
             the
             success
             of
             a
             Battel
             will
             lie
             more
             upon
             the
             success
             of
             the
             Foot
             ,
             then
             upon
             the
             Horse
             .
             And
             I
             account
             them
             (
             being
             thus
             ordered
             as
             is
             here
             set
             down
             ,
             and
             as
             you
             shall
             see
             them
             in
             these
             three
             following
             Battels
             )
             a
             more
             firm
             body
             to
             trust
             to
             for
             Victory
             ,
             than
             the
             Horse
             .
             The
             Horse
             likewise
             by
             fighting
             of
             Foot
             among
             them
             become
             a
             firmer
             
             Body
             ,
             than
             by
             fighting
             Horse
             alone
             .
             And
             such
             as
             shall
             make
             trial
             of
             this
             way
             of
             imbattelling
             their
             Troops
             ,
             shall
             find
             it
             very
             advantageous
             unto
             them
             in
             fighting
             a
             Battel
             ,
             and
             no
             hinderance
             at
             all
             ,
             but
             a
             great
             furtherance
             to
             the
             Horse-Service
             .
          
           
             If
             your
             Field-pieces
             be
             of
             ten
             or
             twelve
             foot
             in
             length
             ,
             and
             having
             their
             full
             metal
             ,
             and
             if
             you
             meet
             with
             an
             Enemy
             whose
             Field-pieces
             are
             not
             so
             long
             ,
             you
             will
             find
             that
             you
             have
             by
             it
             a
             great
             advantage
             of
             your
             Enemy
             .
             The
             advantage
             is
             this
             ,
             when
             you
             come
             with
             your
             Army
             and
             Artillery
             within
             shot
             of
             your
             Enemies
             Body
             of
             Foot
             ,
             your
             Artillery
             being
             placed
             in
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             your
             Army
             ,
             command
             your
             Army
             to
             stand
             ,
             and
             your
             Cannoneers
             to
             play
             with
             your
             Artillery
             upon
             the
             Enemy
             .
             If
             your
             Enemies
             Field-pieces
             be
             no
             longer
             than
             are
             usually
             carried
             into
             the
             Field
             ,
             you
             will
             be
             able
             to
             shoot
             upon
             your
             Enemies
             Body
             of
             Foot
             ,
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             mile
             before
             your
             Enemies
             Artillery
             will
             be
             able
             to
             shoot
             at
             your
             Body
             of
             Foot
             with
             any
             certainty
             .
             The
             which
             will
             prove
             a
             great
             advantage
             to
             those
             that
             shall
             make
             use
             of
             it
             ,
             to
             be
             able
             to
             out-shoot
             your
             Enemy
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             mile
             with
             your
             Artillery
             ;
             and
             your
             Enemy
             to
             recover
             that
             disadvantage
             must
             be
             constrained
             to
             march
             a
             quarter
             of
             a
             mile
             in
             Battalia
             with
             his
             Army
             before
             he
             can
             bring
             his
             Artillery
             to
             shoot
             to
             any
             purpose
             at
             your
             Army
             ;
             the
             which
             will
             prove
             (
             if
             you
             have
             good
             Cannoneers
             )
             a
             great
             dis-heartening
             ,
             if
             not
             a
             total
             overthrow
             to
             your
             Enemy
             .
          
           
             All
             the
             Musqueteers
             that
             march
             in
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             an
             Army
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             ought
             to
             have
             two
             
             pair
             of
             Bandaliers
             furnished
             with
             Powder
             and
             Bullet
             ;
             and
             in
             case
             you
             have
             no
             Bandaliers
             ,
             let
             there
             be
             provided
             for
             each
             Musqueteer
             in
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             the
             Army
             twelve
             Carthrages
             ,
             which
             they
             ought
             to
             carry
             in
             their
             right-hand
             pockets
             ,
             and
             twelve
             Bullets
             apiece
             in
             their
             pockets
             besides
             :
             and
             each
             company
             to
             carry
             with
             them
             ,
             for
             the
             re-furnishing
             their
             Musqueteers
             upon
             occasion
             ,
             a
             Powder-bag
             full
             of
             Powder
             .
             Thus
             ought
             the
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             an
             Army
             to
             be
             furnished
             :
             All
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Musqueteers
             ought
             to
             have
             their
             Bandaliers
             furnished
             with
             Powder
             ,
             and
             Bullet
             ;
             and
             each
             Musqueteer
             ought
             to
             have
             twelve
             Bullets
             apiece
             in
             their
             Pockets
             ;
             and
             each
             company
             must
             carry
             with
             them
             a
             Powder-bag
             full
             of
             Powder
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             very
             fit
             likewise
             that
             you
             have
             in
             each
             Company
             six
             good
             Fouling-pieces
             ,
             of
             such
             a
             length
             as
             a
             Souldier
             may
             well
             be
             able
             to
             take
             aim
             ,
             and
             to
             shoot
             off
             at
             ease
             ;
             twelve
             of
             them
             being
             placed
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             ,
             when
             you
             bring
             a
             Division
             of
             Foot
             to
             skirmish
             with
             an
             Enemy
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             a
             Division
             of
             Foot
             ;
             six
             Fowling-pieces
             on
             the
             one
             flank
             of
             a
             Division
             of
             Foot
             ,
             and
             six
             on
             the
             other
             flank
             ,
             as
             you
             shall
             see
             them
             placed
             in
             these
             three
             Battels
             following
             .
             Those
             Souldiers
             that
             carry
             the
             Fowling-pieces
             ,
             ought
             to
             have
             command
             when
             they
             come
             within
             distance
             of
             Shot
             of
             that
             Division
             of
             the
             Enemy
             that
             they
             are
             to
             encounter
             with
             ,
             that
             they
             shoot
             not
             at
             any
             ,
             but
             at
             the
             Officers
             of
             that
             Division
             .
          
           
             Likewise
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Pikes
             ,
             a
             Souldier
             with
             Hand-Granadoes
             ,
             
             that
             if
             you
             bring
             your
             men
             to
             push
             of
             Pike
             ,
             they
             are
             to
             fire
             the
             Granadoes
             ,
             and
             to
             throw
             them
             in
             amongst
             the
             Enemies
             Pikemen
             ;
             which
             will
             prove
             a
             great
             advantage
             ,
             if
             they
             be
             boldly
             and
             well
             thrown
             .
          
           
             Unto
             every
             Division
             of
             Foot
             in
             the
             Battail
             of
             your
             Army
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             two
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             ,
             of
             forty
             in
             a
             Division
             ,
             ten
             in
             front
             ,
             and
             four
             deep
             on
             each
             flank
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Foot
             in
             the
             Battail
             of
             your
             Army
             ,
             as
             you
             shall
             see
             them
             in
             these
             three
             following
             Battels
             .
             These
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             will
             be
             always
             in
             a
             readiness
             to
             charge
             the
             Enemies
             Foot
             at
             all
             times
             when
             the
             General
             shall
             think
             fit
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             out-flank
             your
             Enemies
             Foot
             with
             your
             Foot
             ,
             either
             on
             the
             one
             flank
             ,
             or
             both
             the
             flanks
             ,
             let
             so
             many
             of
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             as
             do
             out-flank
             your
             Enemies
             Foot
             ,
             be
             drawn
             up
             on
             the
             Enemies
             flank
             ,
             and
             give
             fire
             on
             them
             :
             And
             the
             Officers
             in
             Chief
             that
             Command
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             the
             Foot
             ,
             ought
             to
             have
             particular
             Orders
             for
             the
             same
             ,
             in
             case
             any
             such
             thing
             should
             happen
             :
             and
             likewise
             they
             are
             to
             have
             a
             special
             Order
             for
             the
             keeping
             of
             their
             true
             distances
             in
             their
             advance
             towards
             an
             Enemy
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             perceive
             you
             have
             more
             Pikemen
             in
             your
             Army
             than
             your
             Enemy
             ,
             or
             if
             your
             Pikemen
             be
             better
             armed
             with
             Defensive
             Arms
             ,
             or
             with
             longer
             Pikes
             ,
             and
             that
             you
             have
             no
             advantage
             of
             him
             in
             your
             Artillery
             ,
             nor
             the
             Enemy
             in
             the
             ground
             upon
             which
             you
             are
             to
             advance
             ;
             then
             make
             what
             orderly
             
             hast
             you
             can
             ,
             (
             continually
             skirmishing
             with
             your
             Enemy
             with
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             your
             Foot
             )
             to
             bring
             your
             men
             to
             push
             of
             Pike
             with
             your
             Enemy
             .
             When
             you
             have
             done
             that
             ,
             you
             must
             give
             order
             to
             the
             Officers
             in
             Chief
             that
             Command
             the
             Battel
             of
             your
             Army
             ,
             that
             they
             be
             careful
             to
             advance
             so
             with
             the
             Battel
             to
             front
             with
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             some
             little
             while
             before
             your
             men
             come
             to
             push
             of
             Pike
             ,
             that
             at
             that
             time
             you
             may
             bring
             as
             many
             men
             to
             fight
             as
             you
             can
             .
          
           
             The
             disadvantages
             that
             may
             happen
             to
             the
             Foot
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             are
             these
             .
             The
             greatest
             is
             to
             be
             beaten
             by
             the
             Horse
             ,
             either
             on
             the
             one
             flank
             ,
             or
             both
             flanks
             :
             and
             therefore
             the
             Foot
             Officers
             ought
             to
             imbattel
             their
             Foot
             so
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             be
             able
             to
             shelter
             their
             Musqueteers
             by
             their
             Pikes
             from
             the
             charge
             of
             any
             Horse
             .
             The
             way
             how
             it
             may
             be
             done
             is
             shewed
             plainly
             in
             the
             three
             next
             Battels
             .
             Another
             disadvantage
             is
             to
             be
             out-flanked
             by
             your
             Enemies
             Foot
             ;
             to
             prevent
             which
             ,
             your
             Chief
             Officers
             that
             command
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             the
             Foot
             ought
             to
             have
             Order
             ,
             that
             as
             soon
             as
             they
             perceive
             they
             are
             or
             shall
             be
             out-flanked
             upon
             one
             ,
             or
             both
             the
             flanks
             ,
             they
             should
             draw
             up
             the
             Reer-guard
             of
             their
             Foot
             unto
             one
             ,
             or
             both
             flanks
             of
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             their
             Foot
             ,
             as
             they
             shall
             see
             cause
             .
             Another
             disadvantage
             that
             the
             Foot
             may
             have
             is
             to
             be
             out-shot
             by
             the
             Enemies
             Artillery
             :
             In
             case
             it
             falleth
             out
             so
             ,
             then
             ,
             when
             you
             once
             come
             within
             shot
             of
             your
             Enemies
             Artillery
             ,
             your
             Horse
             ought
             to
             have
             order
             to
             advance
             as
             orderly
             ,
             and
             speedily
             as
             they
             may
             ,
             until
             they
             come
             to
             encounter
             
             with
             the
             Enemies
             Horse
             .
             If
             you
             fight
             with
             Foot
             amongst
             your
             Horse
             ,
             your
             Horse
             and
             your
             Foot
             must
             advance
             together
             .
             Likewise
             you
             must
             advance
             with
             your
             Foot
             and
             Artillery
             as
             orderly
             and
             speedily
             as
             may
             be
             ,
             until
             you
             come
             within
             shot
             of
             your
             Enemy
             with
             your
             Artillery
             ,
             without
             shooting
             either
             with
             your
             Cannon
             or
             Musquets
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             understand
             that
             your
             Enemy
             hath
             more
             Pikemen
             in
             his
             Army
             than
             you
             have
             ,
             or
             his
             Pikemen
             better
             armed
             with
             Defensive
             Arms
             ,
             or
             their
             Pikes
             to
             be
             longer
             than
             yours
             ;
             then
             ought
             you
             to
             avoid
             ,
             as
             much
             as
             you
             can
             ,
             the
             bringing
             of
             your
             Souldiers
             to
             push
             of
             Pike
             .
          
           
             In
             case
             the
             Musqueteers
             in
             the
             Van
             guard
             of
             your
             Foot
             do
             come
             to
             want
             Powder
             ,
             or
             your
             Divisions
             of
             Foot
             in
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             your
             Army
             have
             lost
             so
             many
             men
             ,
             that
             they
             need
             relief
             from
             their
             reserves
             in
             the
             Battel
             ;
             then
             let
             the
             Officers
             in
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             the
             Foot
             have
             special
             command
             not
             to
             retreat
             with
             the
             Van-guard
             of
             Foot
             by
             no
             means
             ,
             but
             to
             advance
             skirmishing
             easily
             towards
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             until
             their
             reserves
             be
             marched
             by
             them
             .
             Then
             let
             their
             Officers
             Command
             them
             to
             stand
             ,
             and
             see
             that
             their
             Bandaliers
             be
             furnished
             with
             Powder
             ,
             and
             Bullet
             ,
             and
             set
             them
             in
             order
             with
             as
             much
             expedition
             as
             may
             be
             ;
             and
             then
             let
             them
             march
             up
             within
             an
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             paces
             of
             the
             Reer-guard
             of
             Foot
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             in
             a
             readiness
             to
             second
             them
             upon
             any
             occasion
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             ought
             to
             give
             particular
             Orders
             to
             all
             
             the
             Officers
             in
             Chief
             of
             his
             Army
             before
             the
             Battel
             begins
             ,
             in
             writing
             ,
             if
             he
             have
             time
             ,
             that
             the
             Officers
             in
             Chief
             may
             know
             how
             to
             Command
             their
             Souldiers
             to
             make
             use
             of
             all
             the
             advantages
             ,
             that
             he
             conceiveth
             may
             happen
             unto
             them
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             :
             that
             upon
             any
             neglect
             of
             his
             Officers
             for
             not
             making
             use
             of
             any
             such
             opportunities
             ,
             the
             excuse
             of
             not
             having
             Order
             for
             the
             same
             may
             be
             taken
             away
             .
             Likewise
             it
             should
             be
             written
             in
             their
             Orders
             how
             they
             ought
             to
             prevent
             any
             disadvantages
             that
             a
             General
             conceiveth
             may
             befal
             them
             .
             The
             which
             will
             not
             only
             prevent
             excuses
             ,
             but
             according
             to
             the
             old
             saying
             ,
             
               He
               that
               is
               forewarned
               is
               fore-armed
               .
            
          
           
             Set
             upon
             your
             Enemy
             when
             he
             is
             affrighted
             and
             distracted
             ;
             for
             there
             is
             nothing
             then
             to
             be
             expected
             of
             your
             Enemy
             but
             despair
             and
             confusion
             .
          
           
             A
             General
             must
             be
             careful
             to
             give
             a
             very
             strict
             Order
             to
             his
             Officers
             ,
             and
             Souldiers
             ,
             that
             not
             a
             man
             of
             them
             offer
             to
             Pillage
             before
             the
             Field
             be
             clear
             of
             the
             Enemy
             ;
             and
             that
             such
             Officers
             as
             do
             suffer
             their
             Souldiers
             to
             Pillage
             before
             the
             Field
             be
             clear
             of
             the
             Enemy
             ,
             shall
             suffer
             for
             the
             same
             as
             the
             Souldiers
             for
             Pillaging
             .
          
           
             Before
             the
             Battel
             begins
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             give
             out
             a
             Field-word
             both
             to
             your
             Officers
             and
             Souldiers
             ;
             and
             besides
             your
             word
             ,
             that
             your
             Souldiers
             and
             Officers
             may
             the
             better
             be
             able
             to
             know
             one
             the
             other
             ,
             being
             mixt
             with
             the
             Enemy
             :
             they
             ought
             to
             wear
             something
             or
             other
             about
             them
             to
             be
             known
             from
             the
             Enemy
             .
          
           
           
             After
             the
             winning
             of
             a
             Battel
             ,
             a
             General
             should
             follow
             his
             Victory
             with
             all
             the
             expedition
             that
             he
             may
             ,
             either
             by
             keeping
             his
             Enemy
             from
             gathering
             an
             head
             again
             ,
             or
             presently
             falling
             upon
             some
             Countries
             or
             Towns
             ,
             where
             he
             thinks
             he
             may
             do
             his
             Enemy
             the
             most
             hurt
             :
             For
             the
             yieldings
             after
             a
             Victory
             ,
             if
             well
             prosecuted
             ,
             are
             better
             than
             the
             Victory
             it self
             :
             because
             when
             people
             are
             in
             suspence
             ,
             and
             great
             fear
             ,
             and
             confusion
             ,
             as
             it
             happeneth
             in
             sudden
             things
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             singular
             time
             to
             obtain
             Victories
             ,
             or
             some
             honourable
             composition
             .
             The
             fruit
             of
             Victory
             consisteth
             in
             the
             well
             using
             of
             it
             ,
             which
             whosoever
             doth
             not
             ,
             incurreth
             an
             infamy
             so
             much
             the
             greater
             ,
             than
             not
             to
             know
             how
             to
             overcome
             ,
             by
             how
             much
             it
             is
             a
             greater
             fault
             to
             be
             deceived
             by
             the
             things
             that
             are
             in
             a
             mans
             power
             ,
             than
             by
             those
             that
             depend
             upon
             fortune
             .
          
           
             Likewise
             a
             General
             is
             to
             take
             care
             for
             recruiting
             of
             his
             Army
             upon
             all
             occasions
             ,
             but
             especially
             after
             a
             Battel
             .
          
           
             Although
             those
             things
             which
             are
             here
             before
             set
             down
             seem
             easie
             to
             understand
             ,
             and
             very
             easie
             to
             practise
             ;
             yet
             are
             they
             so
             often
             neglected
             by
             Commanders
             in
             Chief
             ,
             either
             in
             neglecting
             to
             make
             use
             of
             advantages
             ,
             or
             not
             giving
             out
             punctual
             Orders
             before
             a
             Battel
             for
             the
             aforesaid
             things
             ,
             or
             through
             the
             neglect
             of
             such
             as
             should
             put
             their
             directions
             in
             execution
             ,
             that
             one
             or
             more
             of
             the
             aforesaid
             neglects
             are
             always
             the
             loss
             of
             Battels
             .
             And
             the
             loss
             of
             two
             or
             three
             Battels
             proveth
             the
             loss
             of
             Countries
             and
             Kingdoms
             .
          
           
           
             He
             that
             desireth
             either
             that
             a
             City
             defend
             it self
             obstinately
             ,
             or
             that
             an
             Army
             in
             the
             Field
             fight
             it
             out
             resolutely
             ,
             must
             try
             his
             Wits
             to
             make
             an
             impression
             in
             the
             breasts
             of
             them
             that
             are
             to
             fight
             ,
             that
             such
             a
             necessity
             lieth
             upon
             them
             .
             And
             it
             much
             helpeth
             an
             Army
             towards
             the
             winning
             of
             a
             Battel
             ,
             to
             make
             them
             confident
             that
             in
             any
             case
             they
             cannot
             doubt
             of
             Victory
             .
             The
             things
             that
             give
             them
             this
             confidence
             ,
             are
             ,
             that
             they
             be
             well
             armed
             ,
             and
             well
             ordered
             .
             For
             when
             Valour
             is
             accompanied
             with
             good
             Order
             ,
             and
             good
             Discipline
             ,
             it
             makes
             good
             use
             of
             the
             fury
             in
             such
             manner
             ,
             and
             at
             such
             times
             ,
             that
             no
             difficulty
             abateth
             it
             ,
             nor
             ever
             quaileth
             the
             courage
             :
             Because
             those
             good
             orders
             re-inforce
             the
             Spirit
             ,
             and
             the
             Fury
             ,
             both
             being
             still
             maintained
             by
             the
             hope
             of
             overcoming
             ,
             which
             never
             faileth
             while
             good
             Orders
             and
             good
             Discipline
             hold
             firm
             .
          
           
             You
             ought
             not
             to
             despise
             ,
             and
             think
             too
             meanly
             of
             your
             Enemy
             ;
             for
             that
             will
             not
             only
             beget
             negligence
             in
             your
             own
             Army
             ,
             but
             care
             and
             diligence
             in
             your
             Enemies
             Army
             .
             And
             it
             is
             most
             sure
             ,
             the
             valour
             of
             a
             few
             may
             surmount
             the
             number
             of
             many
             :
             and
             if
             you
             be
             broken
             by
             your
             Enemy
             that
             you
             despise
             ,
             you
             double
             your
             own
             disgrace
             by
             your
             rash
             and
             indiscreet
             arrogance
             .
          
           
             But
             to
             speak
             of
             chances
             ,
             and
             to
             touch
             some
             particularities
             ,
             thereby
             to
             shew
             evidently
             the
             weakness
             of
             mans
             wit
             ,
             and
             power
             ,
             and
             the
             casualty
             of
             warlike
             attempts
             :
             let
             a
             man
             consider
             by
             how
             many
             accidents
             the
             mightiest
             Armies
             are
             many
             times
             dispersed
             ,
             and
             dissipated
             ,
             and
             the
             greatest
             Enterprises
             
             overthrown
             .
             As
             sometimes
             by
             the
             death
             of
             one
             man
             ;
             sometimes
             by
             the
             dissention
             of
             Officers
             ,
             or
             Souldiers
             ;
             sometimes
             by
             tempests
             ,
             or
             unseasonable
             weather
             :
             sometimes
             again
             by
             Plagues
             ,
             or
             Diseases
             in
             the
             Camp
             :
             otherwhiles
             by
             sudden
             Fears
             that
             fall
             upon
             the
             Souldiers
             without
             cause
             ;
             sometimes
             (
             as
             
               Guicciardine
            
             noteth
             )
             by
             a
             Commandment
             either
             not
             well
             understood
             ,
             or
             ill
             executed
             ,
             by
             a
             little
             temerity
             of
             disorder
             ,
             by
             some
             vain
             word
             or
             speech
             of
             the
             meanest
             Souldier
             :
             and
             lastly
             (
             saith
             he
             )
             by
             infinite
             changes
             which
             happen
             at
             unawares
             ,
             unpossible
             to
             be
             foreseen
             and
             prevented
             by
             the
             wit
             or
             counsel
             of
             any
             man.
             Which
             sheweth
             that
             no
             humane
             wit
             is
             able
             of
             it self
             sufficiently
             to
             govern
             an
             Army
             ,
             and
             that
             God
             reserveth
             to
             himself
             the
             success
             of
             Battels
             ,
             and
             disposeth
             of
             Victories
             at
             his
             pleasure
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XIX
               .
            
             Some
             certain
             Observations
             concerning
             the
             Retreat
             of
             an
             Army
             .
          
           
             TO
             know
             how
             to
             make
             an
             honourable
             Retreat
             ,
             is
             one
             of
             the
             principal
             points
             of
             Military
             Art
             ,
             and
             worthiest
             the
             knowledge
             of
             a
             General
             ,
             to
             be
             able
             upon
             occasion
             to
             make
             a
             safe
             and
             sure
             Retreat
             :
             For
             those
             that
             can
             do
             nothing
             else
             can
             easily
             put
             themselves
             into
             a
             War
             ,
             but
             to
             return
             home
             again
             in
             safety
             is
             that
             which
             concerneth
             the
             honour
             of
             a
             Leader
             .
          
           
             When
             a
             General
             intendeth
             to
             retreat
             with
             his
             Army
             ,
             he
             must
             be
             careful
             that
             (
             if
             it
             be
             possible
             )
             his
             Retreat
             be
             not
             through
             any
             places
             ,
             but
             such
             as
             his
             Pioners
             may
             be
             able
             to
             make
             him
             ,
             where
             three
             or
             four
             may
             march
             in
             breast
             ,
             besides
             the
             way
             for
             the
             Carriages
             :
             For
             there
             is
             no
             greater
             danger
             of
             receiving
             a
             Defeat
             than
             when
             a
             Retreat
             is
             made
             at
             a
             narrow
             passage
             .
             But
             if
             you
             be
             forced
             to
             make
             a
             Retreat
             through
             a
             narrow
             passage
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             better
             way
             to
             prevent
             danger
             ,
             than
             to
             raise
             some
             Works
             near
             this
             passage
             in
             the
             most
             advantageous
             places
             you
             can
             find
             .
             If
             you
             retreat
             in
             the
             night
             with
             your
             Army
             ,
             and
             have
             pass'd
             any
             narrow
             passage
             with
             your
             Troops
             ,
             it
             were
             very
             good
             for
             you
             to
             give
             command
             that
             some
             Caltraps
             be
             thrown
             into
             those
             narrow
             passages
             to
             spoil
             your
             Enemies
             Horse
             ,
             if
             they
             follow
             your
             Troops
             ;
             
             and
             if
             you
             retreat
             in
             the
             day-time
             with
             your
             Army
             ,
             the
             aforesaid
             Caltraps
             will
             be
             very
             useful
             to
             be
             thrown
             into
             dirty
             and
             watry
             passages
             .
          
           
             A
             Retreat
             in
             view
             of
             the
             Enemy
             is
             the
             most
             dangerous
             action
             that
             can
             be
             undertaken
             by
             any
             Commander
             .
             And
             therefore
             it
             is
             held
             in
             the
             opinion
             of
             most
             Commanders
             better
             to
             retreat
             in
             the
             night
             ,
             than
             in
             the
             day
             :
             because
             it
             is
             very
             dangerous
             to
             pursue
             an
             Army
             in
             the
             night
             ;
             and
             if
             he
             that
             retreateth
             be
             careful
             to
             lay
             his
             ambushes
             well
             ,
             he
             may
             sooner
             do
             a
             mischief
             to
             his
             Enemy
             than
             his
             Enemy
             to
             him
             .
          
           
             Likewise
             it
             is
             better
             to
             retreat
             with
             part
             of
             an
             Army
             ,
             than
             with
             the
             whole
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             best
             to
             march
             as
             far
             at
             first
             as
             possibly
             you
             may
             ,
             to
             the
             end
             you
             might
             have
             some
             advantage
             of
             space
             before
             the
             Enemy
             that
             followeth
             you
             :
             for
             so
             the
             Enemy
             durst
             not
             follow
             you
             with
             small
             Troops
             ,
             and
             with
             great
             Forces
             they
             will
             never
             be
             able
             to
             reach
             you
             ;
             besides
             the
             scarcity
             and
             want
             of
             Victuals
             that
             they
             will
             find
             by
             following
             you
             ,
             will
             much
             discourage
             them
          
           
             Some
             Commanders
             now
             adays
             ,
             whose
             skill
             reacheth
             not
             so
             far
             as
             to
             know
             the
             
               ABC
            
             in
             the
             Art
             Military
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             use
             of
             their
             Arms
             ,
             they
             think
             it
             a
             blemish
             to
             their
             Honours
             to
             make
             a
             private
             Retreat
             in
             the
             night
             .
             But
             this
             is
             that
             that
             I
             will
             say
             of
             such
             Gallants
             ,
             
               Presumption
            
             and
             
               Ignorance
            
             are
             two
             bad
             Counsellors
             in
             War.
             
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XX.
            
             Some
             Observations
             concerning
             the
             stopping
             of
             an
             Army
             upon
             Passages
             either
             over
             Rivers
             ,
             or
             difficult
             and
             mountainous
             places
             .
          
           
             IN
             the
             first
             place
             I
             will
             speak
             something
             of
             stopping
             the
             passage
             of
             an
             Army
             upon
             a
             River
             ,
             if
             your
             Army
             be
             to
             pass
             a
             River
             that
             is
             not
             passable
             ,
             but
             upon
             two
             or
             three
             places
             ,
             without
             making
             a
             Bridge
             :
             I
             conceive
             this
             to
             be
             the
             best
             way
             .
             Upon
             the
             chiefest
             passage
             over
             the
             River
             there
             you
             ought
             to
             attend
             your
             Enemy
             with
             all
             your
             Forces
             ,
             if
             you
             may
             find
             there
             sufficient
             provisions
             for
             your
             Army
             to
             subsist
             .
             And
             upon
             the
             other
             two
             Fords
             ,
             or
             passable
             places
             ,
             if
             they
             may
             be
             commanded
             each
             of
             them
             by
             one
             Sconce
             ,
             I
             think
             it
             convenient
             then
             for
             you
             to
             give
             order
             for
             the
             raising
             of
             two
             Sconces
             ,
             and
             to
             see
             them
             well
             furnished
             with
             Cannon
             ,
             Men
             ,
             Ammunition
             ,
             and
             Victuals
             .
             But
             here
             you
             must
             note
             ,
             if
             your
             Enemy
             do
             bring
             with
             him
             Punts
             ,
             or
             Boats
             for
             to
             make
             a
             Bridge
             ,
             or
             if
             he
             be
             able
             to
             procure
             Boats
             out
             of
             the
             Country
             for
             the
             aforesaid
             purpose
             ,
             then
             I
             conceive
             the
             raising
             of
             the
             Sconces
             is
             a
             needless
             labour
             :
             Therefore
             then
             the
             best
             way
             will
             be
             to
             march
             with
             your
             whole
             Army
             on
             the
             one
             side
             of
             the
             River
             ,
             as
             your
             Enemy
             marcheth
             on
             the
             other
             (
             if
             the
             Country
             in
             your
             March
             be
             able
             to
             afford
             you
             Provisions
             
             for
             your
             Army
             )
             and
             so
             to
             fight
             with
             your
             Enemy
             as
             he
             passeth
             the
             River
             ;
             or
             after
             your
             Enemy
             hath
             possessed
             the
             River
             ,
             if
             you
             think
             you
             have
             Forces
             sufficient
             to
             encounter
             him
             .
          
           
             I
             hold
             it
             a
             most
             dangerous
             ,
             and
             un-Souldier-like
             action
             for
             any
             Commander
             to
             divide
             his
             Forces
             for
             the
             keeping
             of
             passages
             against
             an
             Army
             ,
             whether
             it
             be
             upon
             a
             River
             ,
             or
             any
             other
             strait
             and
             difficult
             passages
             :
             for
             you
             ought
             not
             to
             put
             all
             your
             Fortune
             in
             danger
             ,
             and
             not
             all
             your
             Forces
             :
             To
             do
             so
             is
             a
             manifest
             folly
             .
             He
             is
             never
             thought
             a
             good
             Gamester
             that
             would
             hazard
             his
             whole
             rest
             upon
             less
             than
             the
             strength
             of
             his
             whole
             Game
             .
             My
             reasons
             for
             it
             are
             these
             :
             If
             your
             Enemy
             forceth
             one
             of
             those
             passages
             that
             you
             endeavour
             to
             keep
             ,
             or
             find
             out
             some
             other
             passage
             that
             is
             not
             guarded
             ,
             you
             will
             find
             much
             trouble
             and
             pains
             before
             you
             can
             draw
             your
             Forces
             together
             .
             And
             very
             likely
             the
             Enemy
             may
             prevent
             you
             from
             doing
             it
             ,
             either
             by
             forcing
             you
             to
             fight
             before
             your
             Forces
             are
             come
             to
             you
             ,
             or
             by
             keeping
             you
             from
             joyning
             your
             Forces
             together
             again
             .
             And
             when
             it
             cometh
             to
             pass
             that
             your
             Forces
             must
             leave
             the
             passage
             which
             they
             are
             to
             guard
             ,
             or
             lose
             it
             by
             some
             occasion
             ,
             there
             is
             a
             fear
             and
             terror
             stricken
             into
             the
             hearts
             of
             the
             people
             and
             Souldiers
             which
             trusted
             in
             that
             place
             ;
             that
             being
             unable
             to
             make
             experience
             of
             their
             valour
             ,
             you
             lose
             ,
             or
             are
             in
             danger
             to
             lose
             your
             Enterprise
             .
             Thus
             it
             came
             to
             pass
             at
             the
             coming
             of
             the
             
               French
            
             into
             
               Italy
            
             in
             the
             year
             one
             thousand
             five
             hundred
             and
             fifteen
             ,
             in
             the
             time
             of
             
               Francis
            
             the
             First
             ,
             King
             of
             
               France
               ,
            
             where
             it
             manifestly
             appeared
             to
             what
             pass
             it
             came
             to
             hold
             difficult
             places
             ill
             to
             be
             kept
             ,
             and
             to
             stop
             
             passages
             ,
             as
             you
             may
             see
             in
             
               Guicciard
               .
               lib.
            
             12.
             
             For
             the
             reasons
             aforesaid
             the
             
               Romans
            
             never
             held
             nor
             guarded
             the
             passages
             against
             
               Hannibal
               ,
            
             but
             rather
             would
             that
             their
             Armies
             should
             fight
             in
             open
             places
             where
             they
             might
             overcome
             him
             than
             to
             send
             them
             to
             the
             Mountains
             to
             be
             consumed
             with
             cold
             ,
             or
             other
             discommodities
             of
             those
             places
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XXI
               .
            
             Some
             certain
             Observations
             touching
             the
             profitableness
             of
             Intrenching
             ,
             and
             some
             Directions
             for
             the
             same
             .
          
           
             THE
             Intrenchment
             incloseth
             your
             Army
             as
             a
             walled
             City
             ,
             from
             whence
             you
             may
             march
             privately
             with
             such
             designs
             ,
             leaving
             your
             Baggage
             in
             safety
             .
             The
             Intrenchment
             hindereth
             the
             Enemy
             from
             constraining
             you
             to
             fight
             ,
             unless
             when
             you
             please
             .
             The
             Intrenchment
             causeth
             you
             to
             take
             strong
             Cities
             in
             the
             face
             of
             a
             more
             puissant
             Army
             than
             your
             own
             .
             Briefly
             ,
             the
             Intrenchment
             is
             less
             subject
             to
             Infection
             ,
             than
             the
             Villages
             are
             .
             In
             effect
             ,
             an
             Army
             Intrenched
             and
             hutted
             ,
             will
             rather
             subsist
             three
             months
             in
             Health
             in
             a
             Camp
             (
             in
             the
             Summer-time
             )
             than
             a
             fortnight
             in
             the
             best
             Villages
             .
             One
             of
             the
             most
             necessary
             parts
             of
             War
             is
             to
             know
             how
             well
             to
             incamp
             ,
             and
             intrench
             .
          
           
           
             When
             you
             come
             to
             besiege
             a
             Town
             before
             which
             you
             intend
             to
             intrench
             your
             Army
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             place
             your
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             so
             near
             the
             Town
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             be
             able
             to
             quarter
             your
             Army
             within
             it
             safely
             from
             your
             Enemies
             Shot
             ;
             allowing
             an
             hundred
             and
             fifty
             foot
             for
             an
             Alarm-place
             between
             the
             Breast
             work
             and
             the
             front
             of
             the
             Quarters
             .
             The
             Trench
             without
             your
             Breast-work
             must
             be
             twelve
             foot
             in
             breadth
             ,
             and
             six
             foot
             in
             depth
             ,
             and
             three
             foot
             in
             breadth
             at
             the
             bottom
             .
             And
             the
             Earth
             that
             cometh
             out
             of
             the
             Trench
             will
             raise
             you
             a
             Breast-work
             ,
             or
             Rampier
             of
             twelve
             foot
             in
             breadth
             at
             the
             bottom
             ,
             six
             foot
             in
             height
             ,
             and
             three
             foot
             in
             breadth
             at
             the
             top
             ,
             with
             one
             foot
             bank
             .
             Upon
             your
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             at
             the
             distance
             of
             every
             two
             hundred
             paces
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             a
             Spur
             upon
             your
             line
             to
             flank
             it
             .
             And
             before
             the
             Quarters
             of
             every
             Regiment
             upon
             your
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             you
             must
             leave
             a
             small
             Avenue
             ,
             that
             one
             single
             man
             and
             no
             more
             may
             be
             able
             to
             pass
             through
             at
             a
             time
             .
             You
             must
             likewise
             have
             in
             your
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             four
             great
             Avenues
             for
             Carriages
             to
             pass
             through
             :
             and
             upon
             the
             great
             Avenues
             you
             must
             set
             up
             Turn-pikes
             ,
             and
             without
             every
             Turn-pike
             there
             must
             be
             an
             Half-Moon
             .
             Here
             note
             ,
             your
             Army
             must
             be
             divided
             into
             as
             many
             Quarters
             as
             you
             intend
             to
             have
             approaches
             against
             the
             Town
             .
             And
             you
             must
             raise
             some
             Batteries
             close
             within
             the
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             ,
             there
             where
             you
             think
             the
             most
             advantageous
             places
             may
             be
             for
             the
             same
             ,
             for
             the
             annoying
             of
             any
             Enemy
             that
             may
             come
             to
             trouble
             you
             .
          
           
           
             If
             you
             suppose
             your
             Enemy
             may
             come
             so
             strong
             as
             to
             attempt
             the
             forcing
             of
             your
             Quarters
             ,
             then
             ought
             the
             Trench
             of
             your
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             to
             be
             in
             breadth
             sixteen
             foot
             ,
             and
             in
             depth
             eight
             ,
             and
             in
             breadth
             at
             bottom
             six
             foot
             .
             You
             ought
             likewise
             to
             have
             some
             Out-works
             ,
             both
             Half-Moons
             ,
             and
             Horn-works
             ,
             within
             Musquet-shot
             of
             your
             Rampier
             or
             Breast-work
             .
             And
             if
             there
             be
             any
             Hills
             somewhat
             above
             Musquet-shot
             off
             from
             your
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             ,
             that
             may
             be
             advantageous
             to
             your
             Enemy
             for
             the
             planting
             of
             his
             Ordnance
             to
             play
             upon
             your
             Breast-work
             ,
             or
             any
             part
             of
             your
             Quarters
             ,
             you
             ought
             upon
             such
             an
             Hill
             to
             raise
             a
             Sconce
             .
             Thus
             you
             ought
             to
             observe
             and
             do
             ,
             if
             you
             intend
             to
             fortifie
             your
             Leaguer
             strongly
             for
             to
             prevent
             a
             powerful
             Army
             from
             forcing
             your
             Quarters
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             have
             a
             desire
             upon
             any
             occasion
             to
             Intrench
             your
             Army
             in
             the
             Field
             for
             their
             better
             safety
             ,
             your
             best
             way
             then
             will
             be
             to
             draw
             your
             Army
             into
             as
             little
             a
             compass
             of
             ground
             as
             you
             may
             with
             convenience
             .
             For
             the
             less
             compass
             your
             Rampier
             is
             ,
             the
             easier
             it
             will
             be
             to
             defend
             :
             And
             if
             you
             have
             any
             occasion
             to
             send
             out
             any
             part
             ,
             or
             parts
             of
             your
             Army
             upon
             any
             design
             ,
             those
             which
             are
             left
             ,
             the
             less
             compass
             of
             ground
             they
             have
             to
             desend
             ,
             the
             better
             they
             will
             be
             able
             to
             do
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             Sod
             or
             Turf
             which
             you
             are
             to
             face
             your
             Intrenchment
             withal
             ,
             if
             you
             are
             likely
             to
             have
             any
             Winter-Siege
             ,
             or
             any
             long
             Siege
             ,
             must
             be
             four
             or
             five
             inches
             long
             ,
             or
             thereabouts
             ,
             and
             in
             length
             fourteen
             or
             fifteen
             inches
             diminished
             inwards
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XXII
               .
            
             Some
             certain
             Observations
             about
             the
             taking
             of
             Towns
             and
             strong
             Places
             .
          
           
             THere
             are
             seven
             ways
             to
             win
             Castles
             ,
             strong
             Holds
             ,
             and
             fortified
             Towns.
             First
             ,
             by
             Treachery
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             by
             Surprise
             ,
             as
             by
             Petarring
             the
             Ports
             ,
             and
             by
             Assaults
             .
             Thirdly
             ,
             by
             Approaches
             ,
             Batteries
             ,
             and
             Assaults
             .
             Fourthly
             ,
             by
             Approaches
             ,
             Mining
             ,
             Batteries
             ,
             and
             Assaults
             .
             Fifthly
             ,
             by
             Intrenching
             ,
             Approaches
             ,
             Mining
             ,
             Battery
             ,
             and
             Assaults
             .
             Sixthly
             ,
             by
             Composition
             .
             Seventhly
             ,
             by
             Starving
             .
          
           
             
               Philip
            
             of
             
               Macedon
            
             esteemed
             no
             place
             strong
             ,
             where
             his
             Ass
             loaden
             with
             Gold
             might
             enter
             .
             For
             the
             attempting
             ,
             or
             taking
             of
             Towns
             by
             Surprise
             is
             very
             commendable
             in
             Officers
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             very
             successful
             where
             the
             Officers
             have
             good
             Intelligence
             ,
             and
             carry
             their
             business
             secretly
             ,
             carefully
             ,
             orderly
             ,
             and
             valiantly
             .
             And
             there
             is
             no
             adventure
             for
             surprising
             a
             place
             more
             safe
             in
             War
             ,
             than
             that
             which
             is
             farthest
             from
             suspicion
             of
             being
             undertaken
             :
             and
             by
             such
             sudden
             designs
             one
             may
             gain
             that
             in
             one
             hour
             ,
             the
             which
             may
             not
             be
             gotten
             any
             other
             way
             under
             a
             years
             service
             of
             an
             Army
             ,
             or
             two
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             besieging
             of
             all
             Towns
             a
             Commander
             must
             be
             careful
             that
             his
             Enemy
             be
             not
             able
             to
             cut
             off
             
             his
             Victual
             ,
             or
             his
             Retreat
             ;
             and
             that
             he
             besiege
             no
             Town
             but
             such
             as
             he
             is
             able
             to
             cut
             off
             all
             relief
             from
             the
             Besieged
             .
             A
             Commander
             in
             Chief
             ought
             likewise
             to
             be
             careful
             how
             he
             adventureth
             upon
             Winter-Sieges
             ,
             and
             long
             Winter-Services
             ,
             or
             long
             Sieges
             at
             any
             time
             ,
             unless
             the
             consequence
             of
             the
             place
             requireth
             it
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             be
             sure
             to
             take
             it
             in
             the
             end
             .
             Long
             Sieges
             ruine
             Armies
             ,
             empty
             the
             Purse
             ,
             and
             most
             commonly
             it
             falleth
             out
             so
             ,
             that
             it
             hindreth
             Armies
             from
             better
             imployments
             ;
             and
             after
             a
             long
             Siege
             ,
             though
             things
             fall
             out
             according
             to
             a
             Commanders
             desire
             ,
             he
             will
             have
             little
             reason
             to
             brag
             of
             his
             Victory
             ,
             when
             he
             vieweth
             his
             Expences
             ,
             his
             Time
             ,
             and
             his
             Army
             .
             The
             malice
             of
             a
             great
             Army
             is
             broken
             ,
             and
             the
             force
             of
             it
             spent
             in
             a
             great
             Siege
             .
             
               Hannibal
            
             entring
             into
             
               Italy
            
             with
             his
             Army
             to
             make
             War
             upon
             the
             
               Romans
               ,
            
             would
             not
             be
             drawn
             to
             besiege
             any
             of
             their
             Towns
             :
             all
             his
             War
             was
             to
             weaken
             them
             in
             Force
             and
             Reputation
             ,
             knowing
             that
             when
             he
             was
             absolute
             Master
             of
             the
             Field
             ,
             it
             would
             not
             be
             long
             e're
             the
             walled
             Cities
             would
             open
             their
             Gates
             ,
             without
             expecting
             any
             Engineer
             or
             Battery
             .
          
           
             If
             a
             General
             besiegeth
             any
             Town
             in
             which
             his
             intelligence
             ,
             or
             his
             opinion
             hath
             deceived
             him
             so
             much
             ,
             that
             he
             hath
             little
             hope
             of
             taking
             it
             ,
             the
             speedy
             leaving
             off
             any
             such
             Enterprise
             doth
             excuse
             the
             rashness
             which
             might
             be
             imputed
             to
             the
             beginning
             :
             and
             a
             Chief
             Commander
             is
             not
             so
             much
             blamed
             for
             making
             trial
             of
             an
             ill-digested
             project
             ,
             as
             he
             is
             for
             the
             obstinate
             continuing
             in
             the
             same
             :
             and
             if
             he
             refuseth
             to
             be
             led
             by
             reason
             in
             such
             a
             case
             ,
             as
             being
             the
             best
             means
             to
             guide
             him
             to
             convenient
             
             ends
             ,
             he
             is
             commonly
             constrained
             by
             the
             commanding
             warrant
             of
             necessity
             to
             undergo
             the
             same
             thing
             upon
             harder
             conditions
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             most
             difficult
             to
             accomplish
             the
             design
             of
             a
             Siege
             ,
             especially
             of
             any
             In
             land
             Town
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             you
             have
             a
             good
             Army
             incamped
             near
             you
             ,
             or
             likely
             to
             attend
             you
             speedily
             ,
             the
             which
             Army
             will
             be
             able
             to
             cut
             off
             your
             Victuals
             ,
             or
             constrain
             you
             to
             fight
             ,
             unless
             you
             have
             two
             Bodies
             of
             Armies
             ,
             that
             so
             with
             the
             one
             you
             may
             hold
             your
             Enemy
             in
             play
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             other
             you
             may
             actuate
             without
             impeachment
             :
             or
             ,
             unless
             you
             be
             Master
             at
             Sea
             of
             your
             Enemy
             ,
             and
             then
             you
             may
             besiege
             any
             Sea
             Town
             of
             your
             Enemy
             with
             one
             Army
             ,
             without
             any
             hazard
             at
             all
             ,
             if
             you
             can
             have
             time
             to
             intrench
             your self
             strongly
             ,
             before
             your
             Enemy
             be
             able
             to
             inforce
             you
             to
             fight
             .
          
           
             The
             surest
             ,
             safest
             ,
             and
             speediest
             way
             of
             taking
             any
             Town
             ,
             if
             it
             requireth
             above
             three
             weeks
             Siege
             ,
             and
             if
             your
             Enemy
             be
             able
             to
             bring
             any
             force
             to
             put
             relief
             into
             it
             ,
             or
             to
             force
             you
             to
             fight
             ,
             is
             ,
             by
             intrenching
             your self
             before
             them
             .
             And
             when
             you
             are
             intrenched
             before
             a
             Town
             ,
             where
             your
             Enemies
             hopes
             in
             making
             you
             to
             quit
             it
             do
             consist
             in
             nothing
             else
             ,
             but
             in
             cutting
             off
             your
             Victuals
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             have
             that
             foresight
             to
             bring
             with
             you
             ,
             or
             cause
             to
             be
             brought
             into
             your
             Leaguer
             out
             of
             the
             Country
             so
             much
             Victuals
             as
             you
             judge
             to
             be
             necessary
             to
             serve
             your
             turn
             for
             the
             taking
             of
             the
             Town
             .
             This
             way
             you
             may
             take
             a
             Town
             with
             one
             Army
             ,
             though
             your
             Enemy
             speedily
             attendeth
             you
             with
             another
             Army
             .
          
           
           
             If
             you
             make
             a
             Siege
             with
             a
             small
             Army
             ,
             with
             an
             intent
             to
             starve
             a
             strong
             Garrison
             ,
             you
             must
             fortifie
             your
             Quarters
             one
             after
             another
             with
             the
             whole
             body
             of
             your
             Army
             ;
             and
             then
             if
             you
             think
             fit
             you
             may
             run
             lines
             from
             one
             quarter
             to
             another
             .
          
           
             Every
             Commander
             knoweth
             that
             mans
             flesh
             is
             the
             best
             Fortification
             that
             belongs
             to
             a
             Town
             ;
             and
             where
             a
             Town
             is
             well
             manned
             ,
             the
             best
             way
             of
             taking
             it
             is
             by
             Starving
             ;
             and
             when
             a
             Town
             is
             weakly
             manned
             ,
             the
             best
             way
             of
             taking
             it
             is
             by
             Battery
             and
             Assaults
             ,
             or
             by
             Approaches
             ,
             Mining
             ,
             Battery
             ,
             and
             Assaults
             .
          
           
             One
             thing
             more
             I
             could
             advise
             a
             Commander
             in
             Chief
             to
             be
             careful
             of
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             ,
             not
             to
             assault
             any
             Town
             ,
             or
             Place
             without
             great
             probability
             of
             obtaining
             that
             which
             he
             desireth
             ;
             and
             never
             to
             assault
             a
             Town
             ,
             but
             when
             he
             may
             assault
             it
             at
             divers
             places
             at
             once
             .
             There
             is
             nothing
             so
             suddenly
             ruineth
             Armies
             as
             Assaults
             when
             they
             miscarry
             .
             For
             a
             General
             is
             certain
             to
             have
             his
             best
             men
             killed
             and
             spoiled
             upon
             such
             designs
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             so
             much
             discouraged
             ,
             that
             it
             would
             prove
             very
             dangerous
             unto
             an
             Army
             if
             they
             should
             suddenly
             after
             it
             fight
             .
          
           
             Mines
             ,
             where
             you
             may
             come
             to
             make
             them
             ,
             are
             much
             better
             than
             Batteries
             for
             the
             taking
             of
             Towns
             or
             Castles
             :
             because
             they
             always
             prove
             much
             more
             dangerous
             ,
             and
             terrible
             to
             an
             Enemy
             by
             means
             of
             their
             sudden
             ,
             and
             unexpected
             operations
             :
             and
             all
             sudden
             and
             unexpected
             actions
             
             are
             very
             successful
             in
             all
             Martial
             Affairs
             .
             A
             Commander
             cannot
             take
             any
             place
             of
             strength
             with
             any
             certainty
             or
             safety
             ,
             without
             the
             use
             both
             of
             Batteries
             and
             Mines
             .
          
           
             A
             Chief
             Commander
             when
             he
             marcheth
             to
             besiege
             a
             Town
             ,
             ought
             to
             carry
             with
             him
             as
             much
             Mony
             ,
             Ammunition
             ,
             Victuals
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             necessaries
             ,
             as
             is
             possible
             to
             be
             carried
             for
             the
             Siege
             :
             and
             those
             necessaries
             that
             he
             cannot
             carry
             with
             him
             ,
             he
             must
             be
             careful
             to
             furnish
             himself
             withal
             with
             as
             much
             expedition
             as
             may
             be
             ,
             for
             fear
             his
             Enemy
             may
             find
             out
             some
             way
             that
             he
             doth
             not
             think
             of
             to
             prevent
             him
             of
             his
             necessaries
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             cause
             them
             to
             be
             brought
             to
             him
             with
             much
             danger
             and
             trouble
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             thing
             you
             are
             to
             do
             when
             you
             are
             marching
             towards
             a
             Town
             to
             besiege
             it
             ,
             is
             to
             send
             the
             most
             of
             your
             Horse
             and
             Dragooners
             ,
             and
             with
             them
             likewise
             near
             as
             many
             Musqueteers
             as
             you
             send
             Horse
             ,
             about
             three
             or
             four
             days
             before
             the
             body
             of
             your
             Army
             ;
             that
             you
             may
             thereby
             keep
             all
             supplies
             from
             coming
             to
             the
             Town
             :
             and
             command
             your
             Horsemen
             to
             take
             up
             the
             Musqueteers
             now
             and
             then
             behind
             them
             upon
             the
             March
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             be
             able
             to
             make
             the
             more
             expedition
             .
             You
             ought
             also
             to
             send
             along
             with
             the
             Horse
             your
             Quarter-Master
             General
             ,
             and
             some
             two
             or
             three
             of
             your
             chief
             Engineers
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             ,
             by
             that
             time
             your
             Army
             cometh
             up
             ,
             have
             pricked
             out
             the
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             ,
             and
             the
             Quarters
             for
             your
             Army
             ;
             and
             to
             view
             how
             many
             approaches
             you
             may
             conveniently
             make
             towards
             the
             Town
             :
             For
             so
             
             many
             approaches
             as
             you
             make
             ,
             so
             many
             quarters
             ought
             you
             to
             divide
             your
             Army
             into
             .
             After
             your
             Engineers
             ,
             and
             Quarter
             Master-General
             have
             pricked
             out
             the
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             ,
             and
             the
             quarters
             ,
             then
             so
             soon
             as
             your
             Army
             cometh
             to
             the
             quarters
             ,
             draw
             them
             into
             their
             Quarters
             ,
             and
             command
             them
             to
             Hut
             with
             all
             the
             expedition
             they
             can
             .
             Likewise
             the
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             ought
             to
             be
             divided
             into
             as
             many
             parts
             as
             there
             are
             quarters
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             strength
             of
             the
             Regiments
             in
             each
             quarter
             .
             Then
             the
             Quarter-Masters
             of
             the
             Regiments
             of
             Foot
             ought
             to
             divide
             the
             ground
             equally
             amongst
             their
             Regiments
             ;
             and
             each
             Quarter-Master
             of
             a
             Regiment
             is
             to
             measure
             out
             to
             each
             Company
             of
             his
             Regiment
             their
             ground
             :
             and
             the
             Officers
             are
             presently
             to
             set
             the
             Souldiers
             their
             work
             ,
             for
             the
             raising
             of
             the
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             .
             And
             the
             Souldiers
             ought
             to
             know
             when
             occasion
             requireth
             them
             to
             intrench
             themselves
             ,
             that
             it
             doth
             as
             properly
             belong
             to
             their
             Duty
             to
             intrench
             themselves
             ,
             as
             to
             stand
             Centry
             ,
             or
             to
             carry
             their
             Arms.
             
          
           
             As
             soon
             as
             the
             earth
             is
             out
             of
             the
             Ditch
             for
             the
             raising
             of
             your
             Rampier
             ,
             then
             may
             you
             begin
             your
             approaches
             .
             And
             you
             must
             always
             be
             careful
             to
             break
             ground
             at
             the
             first
             ,
             as
             near
             the
             Town
             as
             possibly
             you
             may
             with
             convenience
             :
             And
             that
             you
             may
             break
             ground
             the
             nearer
             ,
             and
             your
             men
             be
             the
             more
             bold
             ,
             set
             your
             Pioners
             and
             some
             others
             to
             work
             as
             you
             come
             to
             your
             Quarters
             ,
             for
             the
             making
             of
             great
             store
             of
             Cannon-Baskets
             ,
             which
             may
             serve
             you
             in
             good
             stead
             for
             this
             use
             :
             At
             the
             beginning
             of
             every
             night
             set
             them
             up
             before
             those
             
             which
             are
             to
             break
             ground
             ;
             and
             on
             each
             hand
             of
             those
             Cannon-Baskets
             which
             you
             set
             up
             before
             the
             Souldiers
             that
             are
             to
             break
             ground
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             set
             some
             Cannon-Baskets
             for
             the
             safeguard
             of
             the
             Guards
             .
             Your
             approaches
             ought
             always
             to
             be
             well
             flanked
             with
             Redoubts
             and
             Batteries
             .
          
           
             If
             a
             General
             come
             before
             a
             Town
             ,
             where
             is
             but
             a
             weak
             Garrison
             ,
             and
             many
             Out-works
             to
             the
             Town
             more
             than
             the
             Garrison
             is
             well
             able
             to
             defend
             ,
             it
             will
             be
             good
             then
             for
             a
             General
             to
             attempt
             taking
             of
             some
             of
             the
             Out-works
             ;
             and
             if
             he
             take
             any
             ,
             he
             ought
             to
             begin
             his
             approaches
             from
             thence
             .
          
           
             The
             best
             time
             to
             assault
             the
             Out-works
             will
             be
             in
             the
             night
             .
          
           
             Through
             all
             dry
             Motes
             you
             are
             to
             approach
             the
             Rampier
             of
             a
             Town
             by
             Galleries
             under
             ground
             ,
             under
             the
             dry
             Mote
             of
             the
             Town
             .
             And
             through
             all
             wet
             Motes
             you
             are
             to
             approach
             to
             the
             Rampier
             of
             a
             Town
             by
             Galleries
             above
             ground
             .
             But
             in
             running
             your
             Gallery
             under
             a
             dry
             Mote
             you
             must
             have
             a
             care
             that
             it
             be
             not
             discovered
             to
             the
             Enemy
             by
             carrying
             the
             earth
             out
             of
             your
             Gallery
             .
             The
             next
             thing
             you
             must
             have
             a
             care
             of
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             you
             do
             inform
             your self
             rightly
             ,
             before
             you
             begin
             your
             Gallery
             ,
             of
             what
             depth
             the
             Mote
             is
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             begin
             to
             make
             your
             Gallery
             so
             far
             back
             ,
             as
             to
             be
             sure
             to
             run
             your
             Gallery
             under
             the
             bottom
             of
             your
             Enemies
             Mote
             .
             For
             if
             your
             Enemy
             once
             discovereth
             against
             what
             part
             of
             the
             Wall
             you
             are
             running
             your
             Gallery
             ,
             it
             is
             ten
             to
             one
             but
             your
             Enemy
             may
             
             prevent
             you
             ,
             either
             by
             hindering
             you
             from
             advancing
             your
             Gallery
             to
             the
             Rampier
             ,
             or
             by
             rubbing
             your
             Mines
             .
          
           
             When
             you
             have
             advanced
             your
             Galleries
             to
             the
             Rampier
             ,
             let
             those
             that
             are
             appointed
             to
             assault
             the
             Breaches
             ,
             and
             the
             Ports
             ,
             have
             Souldiers
             appointed
             to
             throw
             Hand-granadoes
             ,
             and
             to
             fall
             on
             with
             them
             :
             and
             give
             order
             to
             those
             that
             are
             appointed
             to
             assault
             the
             Breaches
             ,
             and
             scale
             the
             Walls
             ,
             that
             as
             soon
             as
             they
             are
             gotten
             within
             the
             Wall
             ,
             or
             Rampier
             of
             the
             Town
             with
             a
             reasonable
             number
             of
             men
             ,
             they
             march
             unto
             that
             Port
             that
             is
             next
             them
             ,
             and
             open
             it
             to
             let
             in
             the
             Foot
             ,
             and
             Horse
             that
             do
             there
             attend
             .
             And
             for
             this
             purpose
             there
             ought
             to
             be
             some
             Souldiers
             appointed
             to
             carry
             fit
             Instruments
             for
             the
             breaking
             open
             the
             Gates
             of
             a
             Town
             .
          
           
             When
             a
             Port
             is
             opened
             ,
             let
             the
             Officers
             have
             order
             presently
             to
             repair
             to
             the
             Market
             place
             with
             their
             Souldiers
             for
             clearing
             of
             the
             Enemy
             from
             that
             place
             .
             And
             you
             ought
             to
             command
             the
             Officers
             and
             Souldiers
             that
             no
             man
             offer
             to
             pillage
             upon
             pain
             of
             death
             ,
             until
             all
             the
             Enemy
             within
             the
             Town
             that
             carry
             Arms
             be
             either
             killed
             or
             disarmed
             .
             Besides
             the
             word
             you
             give
             to
             your
             Souldiers
             ,
             to
             know
             one
             the
             other
             by
             ,
             you
             should
             command
             them
             to
             wear
             something
             about
             them
             that
             they
             may
             know
             one
             the
             other
             from
             the
             Enemy
             .
          
           
             If
             your
             Officers
             when
             they
             assault
             a
             Town
             do
             find
             the
             Town
             to
             be
             cut
             off
             by
             the
             Enemy
             by
             raising
             any
             works
             within
             the
             Rampier
             ,
             or
             Wall
             of
             
             the
             Town
             ,
             then
             a
             Chief
             Commander
             should
             give
             Orders
             to
             the
             Officers
             appointed
             for
             the
             Assault
             ,
             that
             in
             case
             they
             find
             any
             such
             thing
             ,
             then
             they
             should
             do
             their
             best
             to
             plant
             themselves
             with
             their
             Souldiers
             on
             the
             top
             of
             the
             Rampier
             only
             ;
             which
             must
             be
             done
             by
             help
             of
             the
             Engineers
             Work-basis
             ,
             and
             Pioners
             ,
             who
             must
             be
             appointed
             to
             be
             in
             a
             readiness
             with
             Saccots
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             when
             they
             shall
             be
             called
             upon
             to
             fortifie
             any
             place
             that
             the
             Souldiers
             may
             possess
             themselves
             of
             ,
             if
             occasion
             require
             .
             The
             like
             order
             must
             be
             observed
             in
             assaulting
             of
             Out-works
             ,
             as
             is
             here
             set
             down
             in
             this
             last
             observation
             concerning
             the
             assaulting
             of
             a
             Town
             .
          
           
             You
             ought
             likewise
             to
             have
             in
             a
             readiness
             Ovens
             to
             heat
             Cannon-Bullets
             red-hot
             upon
             all
             such
             Batteries
             whereby
             you
             can
             conveniently
             come
             to
             shoot
             them
             into
             the
             Town
             .
             Likewise
             your
             Mortar-pieces
             must
             be
             so
             conveniently
             placed
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             shoot
             Mortar-granadoes
             into
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             wait
             a
             little
             to
             see
             the
             effect
             of
             your
             Fire-Bullets
             ,
             and
             Granadoes
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             ,
             that
             you
             must
             not
             shoot
             any
             Fire-Bullets
             ,
             nor
             Mortar-Granadoes
             into
             the
             Town
             ,
             until
             one
             ,
             half
             hour
             before
             you
             begin
             to
             assault
             :
             For
             if
             you
             do
             use
             the
             Fire-Bullets
             ,
             and
             Mortar-Granadoes
             before
             the
             aforesaid
             time
             ,
             you
             will
             teach
             your
             Enemy
             to
             find
             out
             a
             way
             to
             prevent
             you
             for
             doing
             any
             mischief
             with
             them
             at
             your
             Assault
             :
             And
             likewise
             your
             Enemy
             being
             used
             to
             them
             ,
             the
             fear
             of
             the
             danger
             of
             them
             will
             by
             use
             be
             taken
             away
             ,
             
             〈…〉
             upon
             your
             Assault
             .
          
           
             〈…〉
             and
             your
             men
             drawn
             out
             ,
             and
             〈…〉
             for
             the
             Assault
             of
             the
             Breaches
             ,
             and
             your
             Ordnance
             playing
             with
             Fire-Bullets
             ,
             and
             your
             Mortar-pieces
             with
             their
             Granadoes
             ,
             then
             spring
             your
             Mines
             ,
             and
             give
             a
             general
             Assault
             .
          
           
             One
             thing
             more
             I
             think
             fit
             to
             add
             to
             this
             Discourse
             .
             There
             are
             two
             ways
             for
             blocking
             up
             of
             an
             Haven
             ,
             or
             a
             River
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             You
             must
             make
             of
             Iron
             a
             thing
             in
             form
             of
             a
             Frisrutter
             ;
             the
             beams
             through
             which
             the
             cross-bars
             go
             must
             be
             twelve
             foot
             in
             length
             ,
             and
             the
             cross-bars
             that
             go
             through
             the
             beam
             must
             be
             of
             that
             length
             ,
             that
             when
             one
             of
             these
             iron
             Frisrutters
             is
             set
             down
             into
             an
             Haven
             ,
             or
             River
             ,
             the
             cross-bars
             of
             the
             iron
             Frisrutter
             must
             be
             of
             that
             length
             as
             to
             reach
             upon
             an
             High-water
             within
             six
             foot
             of
             the
             top
             of
             the
             water
             .
             This
             is
             one
             of
             the
             best
             inventions
             that
             I
             know
             for
             the
             blocking
             up
             of
             an
             Haven
             ,
             or
             River
             .
             There
             is
             no
             way
             that
             I
             know
             to
             remove
             these
             Frisrutters
             out
             of
             an
             Haven
             or
             River
             ,
             which
             is
             blockt
             up
             with
             them
             ,
             and
             having
             so
             many
             of
             these
             Frisrutters
             made
             in
             a
             readiness
             before-hand
             as
             will
             block
             up
             an
             Haven
             or
             River
             upon
             which
             you
             have
             a
             design
             ,
             and
             having
             all
             other
             necessaries
             in
             a
             readiness
             for
             the
             letting
             of
             those
             Frisrutters
             down
             into
             the
             Haven
             ,
             or
             River
             ,
             you
             may
             
             block
             up
             an
             Haven
             or
             River
             in
             four
             and
             twenty
             hours
             time
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             another
             way
             of
             blocking
             up
             an
             Haven
             or
             River
             ,
             by
             throwing
             great
             Stones
             into
             them
             ,
             and
             leaving
             small
             passages
             for
             the
             water
             to
             pass
             through
             .
             By
             this
             Invention
             the
             King
             of
             
               France
            
             won
             
               Rochel
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XXIII
               .
            
             Some
             Directions
             for
             the
             Removing
             of
             an
             Army
             that
             is
             Intrenched
             before
             a
             Town
             .
          
           
             IF
             an
             Enemy
             be
             intrenched
             before
             a
             Town
             ,
             it
             most
             often
             proveth
             hard
             to
             remove
             him
             ,
             if
             he
             hath
             men
             enough
             to
             defend
             his
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             ,
             and
             keep
             his
             Approaches
             .
             The
             most
             usual
             ways
             to
             remove
             an
             Enemy
             which
             is
             intrenched
             before
             a
             Town
             ,
             are
             these
             four
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             to
             attempt
             the
             cutting
             off
             your
             Enemies
             Provisions
             from
             him
             .
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             if
             your
             Enemy
             hath
             by
             over-sight
             left
             some
             Hills
             near
             the
             Town
             without
             his
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             unfortified
             :
             and
             if
             the
             Hills
             be
             so
             ,
             that
             Ordnance
             being
             planted
             upon
             them
             ,
             they
             will
             command
             the
             ground
             between
             them
             and
             the
             Town
             ;
             then
             you
             may
             by
             possessing
             your self
             of
             these
             Hills
             force
             your
             way
             
             to
             the
             Town
             either
             by
             a
             forceable
             Assault
             under
             the
             shelter
             of
             your
             Cannon
             ,
             or
             by
             Approaches
             :
             Or
             if
             any
             Hills
             lie
             so
             that
             you
             may
             command
             the
             ground
             close
             within
             your
             Enemies
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             ,
             planting
             Ordnance
             on
             them
             ,
             that
             your
             men
             may
             under
             succour
             of
             your
             Ordnance
             be
             able
             to
             force
             your
             Enemies
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             ;
             then
             you
             may
             beat
             him
             off
             his
             line
             of
             Circumvolation
             ,
             and
             so
             force
             his
             Quarter
             .
             The
             third
             way
             is
             to
             march
             into
             some
             of
             your
             Enemies
             Countries
             .
             The
             fourth
             and
             last
             way
             is
             to
             besiege
             some
             of
             his
             Chief
             Towns
             ,
             that
             you
             have
             certain
             intelligence
             do
             want
             either
             Men
             ,
             Victual
             ,
             or
             Ammunition
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
             such
             Horses
             as
             he
             intendeth
             to
             keep
             in
             his
             Garrison
             in
             a
             Siege
             .
          
           
             If
             a
             Garrison
             lieth
             so
             ,
             that
             it
             cannot
             easily
             be
             relieved
             with
             Ammunition
             ,
             then
             the
             Governour
             ought
             to
             have
             a
             Powder-mill
             in
             his
             Town
             ;
             and
             in
             his
             Magazine
             good
             store
             of
             Brimstone
             ,
             and
             one
             that
             is
             skilful
             in
             making
             of
             Powder
             ,
             and
             another
             that
             hath
             skill
             in
             making
             Match
             :
             and
             he
             must
             be
             careful
             to
             sow
             at
             a
             fit
             time
             of
             the
             year
             a
             competent
             quantity
             of
             Hemp-seed
             for
             the
             making
             of
             Match
             .
             If
             the
             Corn-Mills
             about
             a
             Town
             lie
             so
             ,
             that
             the
             Enemy
             may
             be
             able
             to
             spoil
             ,
             and
             destroy
             them
             ,
             then
             the
             Governour
             ought
             to
             see
             his
             Town
             furnished
             with
             Hand-mills
             .
             He
             must
             also
             have
             a
             special
             care
             that
             his
             Walls
             be
             out
             of
             danger
             of
             scaling
             ;
             the
             Gates
             of
             his
             Town
             not
             subject
             to
             be
             petarred
             .
             Now
             the
             best
             way
             to
             prevent
             petarring
             the
             Ports
             ,
             is
             to
             have
             Draw-bridges
             ,
             and
             Half-moons
             ,
             without
             the
             Ports
             ,
             and
             Port-cullices
             at
             the
             Ports
             ,
             and
             Turn-pikes
             upon
             the
             High-ways
             right
             against
             your
             Half-moons
             .
             The
             ways
             for
             the
             Rounds
             ought
             to
             be
             easie
             ,
             and
             convenient
             ;
             the
             Sentinels
             well
             set
             :
             the
             Guards
             very
             exact
             ;
             and
             the
             Companies
             that
             are
             to
             watch
             should
             always
             draw
             Lots
             for
             their
             Guards
             .
          
           
             And
             if
             you
             suspect
             any
             Officers
             ,
             or
             Souldiers
             for
             betraying
             your
             Town
             (
             as
             in
             Civil
             Wars
             Souldiers
             are
             apt
             to
             do
             ,
             or
             when
             they
             are
             ill
             paid
             )
             then
             must
             you
             order
             your
             Guards
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             Let
             your
             Companies
             that
             watch
             draw
             Lots
             ,
             for
             their
             Guards
             upon
             the
             Parrado
             place
             every
             night
             :
             when
             they
             have
             drawn
             Lots
             for
             their
             
             Guards
             ,
             let
             those
             Companies
             whose
             Lot
             falleth
             to
             watch
             at
             the
             Ports
             be
             ordered
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             That
             Company
             whose
             Lot
             falleth
             to
             watch
             at
             a
             Port
             ,
             let
             the
             one
             half
             of
             that
             Company
             watch
             at
             the
             Port
             that
             is
             appointed
             them
             by
             Lot
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             half
             at
             one
             of
             the
             Half-moons
             at
             one
             of
             the
             other
             Ports
             next
             adjoyning
             .
             And
             all
             the
             Companies
             that
             are
             to
             watch
             at
             the
             Ports
             are
             to
             be
             ordered
             in
             the
             like
             manner
             .
          
           
             Now
             here
             you
             must
             note
             ,
             that
             if
             a
             Governour
             will
             have
             his
             Town
             secured
             from
             sudden
             Surprises
             ,
             he
             must
             have
             always
             without
             the
             Ports
             of
             his
             Town
             Half-moons
             ,
             and
             Turn-pikes
             upon
             the
             High-ways
             right
             against
             the
             Half-moons
             ,
             and
             Port-cullices
             at
             his
             Ports
             .
             The
             Gentlemen
             that
             are
             to
             watch
             at
             each
             Port-cullis
             ought
             to
             be
             four
             ,
             which
             must
             be
             drawn
             ,
             and
             relieved
             from
             the
             Main-guard
             .
             These
             Gentlemen
             ought
             to
             be
             lock'd
             up
             in
             the
             place
             where
             the
             Port-cullices
             stand
             ,
             until
             they
             be
             relieved
             :
             and
             the
             Captain
             of
             the
             Main-guard
             ought
             always
             to
             keep
             the
             Key
             .
             All
             the
             other
             Companies
             appointed
             for
             the
             Watch
             ,
             are
             to
             watch
             according
             unto
             their
             Lots
             .
          
           
             All
             means
             must
             be
             used
             to
             hinder
             Intelligences
             ,
             and
             Treacheries
             ;
             the
             Guards
             doubled
             always
             upon
             Market-days
             ,
             and
             Fair-days
             :
             and
             upon
             any
             Alarm
             those
             Souldiers
             that
             have
             not
             the
             Guard
             ought
             to
             repair
             with
             their
             Arms
             speedily
             to
             their
             Colours
             ;
             and
             from
             thence
             the
             Companies
             are
             to
             make
             all
             the
             haste
             possible
             to
             attain
             to
             the
             place
             that
             is
             appointed
             them
             to
             defend
             upon
             any
             Alarm
             .
             Thus
             much
             every
             Company
             that
             hath
             not
             the
             Watch
             
             ought
             to
             know
             ,
             and
             have
             order
             for
             the
             same
             before-hand
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             mistrust
             the
             fidelity
             of
             the
             Towns-men
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             keep
             a
             good
             Main-guard
             upon
             the
             Market-place
             ,
             and
             small
             Guards
             at
             all
             the
             cross-streets
             ,
             and
             then
             make
             it
             death
             for
             any
             Townsman
             to
             come
             out
             of
             his
             house
             upon
             any
             Alarm
             .
             And
             if
             the
             Towns-men
             have
             any
             meeting
             together
             at
             any
             time
             without
             the
             Governours
             consent
             ,
             they
             ought
             to
             be
             imprisoned
             .
             The
             like
             must
             be
             observed
             if
             they
             are
             found
             out
             of
             their
             Houses
             after
             nine
             of
             the
             Clock
             at
             night
             .
             Likewise
             if
             you
             mistrust
             the
             fidelity
             of
             the
             Towns-men
             ,
             it
             is
             very
             necessary
             that
             there
             be
             a
             Work
             raised
             against
             the
             Rampier
             of
             the
             Town
             ,
             the
             which
             must
             face
             the
             Town
             ,
             and
             command
             part
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             the
             Ports
             .
             In
             this
             work
             you
             ought
             to
             build
             places
             for
             to
             keep
             your
             Magazine
             in
             .
             And
             at
             the
             entrance
             of
             this
             Work
             without
             the
             Port
             of
             the
             aforesaid
             Work
             ,
             there
             ought
             to
             be
             a
             Draw-bridge
             and
             a
             Port
             cullis
             ;
             and
             the
             Draw-bridge
             ought
             never
             to
             be
             down
             ,
             or
             let
             down
             but
             at
             relief
             time
             .
             The
             Ports
             of
             your
             Town
             ought
             to
             be
             shut
             at
             Sun-setting
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             opened
             a
             little
             after
             Sun-rising
             .
             Before
             you
             open
             your
             Ports
             in
             a
             morning
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             send
             out
             small
             Parties
             to
             search
             all
             the
             suspicious
             places
             about
             the
             Town
             for
             Ambushes
             .
             After
             these
             parties
             are
             returned
             ,
             finding
             no
             danger
             ,
             you
             may
             open
             your
             Ports
             ,
             and
             set
             out
             your
             Day-Guards
             for
             the
             security
             of
             your
             Cattel
             :
             and
             then
             the
             Towns-men
             may
             drive
             forth
             their
             Cattel
             .
             You
             ought
             likewise
             to
             have
             a
             Trumpeter
             to
             watch
             continually
             on
             the
             highest
             Steeple
             in
             your
             Town
             ,
             to
             give
             you
             notice
             
             of
             the
             approach
             of
             any
             Enemy
             by
             day
             ,
             or
             of
             any
             Alarm
             ,
             or
             Fire
             by
             night
             .
          
           
             A
             Governour
             of
             a
             Town
             should
             be
             careful
             always
             to
             have
             parties
             abroad
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             the
             better
             secure
             his
             own
             Quarters
             ,
             and
             trouble
             the
             Enemy
             .
             And
             especial
             care
             must
             be
             taken
             for
             getting
             constant
             intelligence
             from
             the
             next
             Frontier
             Towns
             of
             his
             Enemy
             .
          
           
             A
             Governour
             of
             a
             Town
             ought
             to
             see
             that
             he
             have
             as
             many
             Out-works
             raised
             about
             his
             Town
             as
             is
             necessary
             ,
             and
             not
             more
             ;
             and
             that
             all
             his
             Out-works
             be
             commanded
             by
             the
             Rampier
             of
             the
             Town
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             consequence
             of
             the
             Town
             requireth
             it
             ,
             and
             if
             a
             Governour
             may
             by
             raising
             a
             Sconce
             or
             two
             secure
             his
             Town
             ,
             and
             the
             relief
             of
             it
             the
             better
             ,
             it
             were
             very
             fit
             to
             do
             it
             .
             But
             he
             must
             have
             a
             care
             that
             the
             Sconces
             which
             he
             raiseth
             for
             the
             security
             of
             the
             Town
             be
             raised
             in
             such
             convenient
             places
             ,
             that
             an
             Enemy
             when
             he
             cometh
             to
             Besiege
             the
             Town
             ,
             may
             not
             be
             able
             to
             plant
             himself
             between
             the
             Sconces
             and
             the
             Town
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             fortifying
             of
             a
             Town
             if
             the
             Governour
             lay
             many
             Elms
             ,
             or
             Oak-Trees
             ,
             in
             the
             Bulwarks
             which
             he
             raiseth
             about
             the
             Town
             ,
             he
             will
             find
             it
             a
             good
             prevention
             to
             hinder
             the
             Enemy
             from
             mining
             his
             Bulwarks
             :
             and
             likewise
             it
             doth
             strengthen
             his
             Bulwarks
             very
             much
             against
             Batteries
             .
          
           
             If
             a
             Governour
             of
             a
             Town
             hath
             certain
             intelligence
             
             that
             he
             shall
             be
             besieged
             ,
             and
             findeth
             that
             he
             hath
             not
             Horse
             meat
             sufficient
             for
             the
             Horse
             that
             are
             in
             the
             Garrison
             answerable
             to
             the
             rest
             of
             his
             Provisions
             in
             the
             Town
             ;
             and
             in
             case
             he
             hath
             not
             time
             to
             provide
             more
             ,
             then
             the
             Governour
             ought
             to
             send
             away
             so
             many
             of
             his
             Horse
             as
             he
             hath
             not
             meat
             sufficient
             for
             to
             hold
             out
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             his
             Provisions
             ,
             or
             such
             as
             he
             supposeth
             he
             shall
             not
             have
             occasion
             to
             use
             ,
             unto
             one
             of
             the
             next
             Towns
             that
             belong
             to
             his
             Party
             .
          
           
             Likewise
             if
             a
             Governour
             of
             a
             Town
             find
             that
             he
             hath
             more
             Out-works
             than
             his
             Souldiers
             are
             well
             able
             to
             defend
             ,
             it
             will
             be
             safest
             for
             him
             then
             to
             slight
             those
             Out-works
             that
             he
             thinketh
             he
             shall
             have
             less
             occasion
             to
             use
             .
          
           
             A
             Governour
             must
             be
             careful
             of
             using
             his
             best
             endeavours
             and
             skill
             valiantly
             to
             defend
             his
             Out-works
             .
             For
             next
             mans
             flesh
             ,
             Out-works
             are
             the
             best
             strength
             that
             belongeth
             to
             a
             Town
             .
             And
             upon
             all
             occasions
             he
             must
             be
             careful
             to
             cut
             off
             the
             Out-works
             of
             the
             Town
             ;
             and
             the
             Town
             ,
             as
             often
             as
             the
             Enemy
             shall
             inforce
             him
             to
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             greatest
             part
             of
             the
             Cannon
             of
             the
             Town
             ought
             to
             be
             planted
             against
             the
             Enemies
             approaches
             ;
             and
             the
             Governour
             ought
             to
             give
             command
             that
             they
             play
             upon
             his
             Enemies
             approaches
             as
             often
             as
             his
             Ammunition
             will
             give
             leave
             .
          
           
             A
             Governour
             should
             be
             careful
             to
             sally
             no
             oftner
             with
             strong
             parties
             than
             necessity
             requireth
             ,
             or
             
             the
             advantages
             that
             the
             Enemy
             by
             his
             carelesness
             ,
             or
             boldness
             shall
             give
             him
             occasion
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             beginning
             of
             every
             night
             you
             ought
             to
             make
             sallies
             with
             small
             parties
             upon
             the
             Enemies
             Workmen
             that
             do
             then
             approach
             ,
             and
             break
             ground
             ,
             and
             now
             and
             then
             to
             sally
             with
             a
             strong
             Party
             .
          
           
             At
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             night
             you
             ought
             to
             make
             some
             fires
             so
             near
             the
             Enemies
             approaches
             as
             you
             can
             conveniently
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             be
             able
             to
             see
             by
             the
             light
             of
             the
             fire
             where
             your
             Enemies
             break
             ground
             ,
             that
             so
             you
             may
             the
             better
             hinder
             them
             by
             shooting
             at
             them
             with
             the
             more
             certainty
             .
          
           
             For
             which
             occasion
             your
             Town
             ought
             to
             be
             the
             better
             provided
             of
             Wood
             ,
             and
             Pitch-Barrels
             .
             And
             there
             must
             be
             care
             taken
             to
             lay
             some
             Souldiers
             with
             Fowling-pieces
             or
             Fire-locks
             ,
             behind
             little
             small
             Breast
             works
             not
             far
             from
             the
             fires
             ,
             to
             spoil
             those
             that
             may
             come
             to
             put
             out
             the
             fires
             .
          
           
             If
             a
             Governour
             of
             a
             Town
             be
             sure
             he
             hath
             more
             Powder
             than
             is
             answerable
             to
             the
             rest
             of
             his
             Provisions
             (
             the
             which
             he
             ought
             always
             to
             have
             )
             then
             may
             a
             Governour
             undermine
             his
             Enemies
             
               Corps
               de
               Guards
               ,
            
             when
             they
             are
             advanced
             very
             near
             unto
             his
             Out-works
             .
             And
             always
             when
             he
             springeth
             a
             Mine
             ,
             he
             ought
             to
             sally
             strong
             on
             his
             Enemies
             Trenches
             ,
             and
             to
             command
             those
             Officers
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             possible
             ,
             to
             nail
             the
             Enemies
             Ordnances
             ;
             and
             for
             that
             purpose
             some
             Souldiers
             ought
             to
             be
             appointed
             to
             carry
             fit
             instruments
             with
             them
             .
             And
             
             whensoever
             you
             sally
             strong
             on
             your
             Enemy
             ,
             you
             must
             likewise
             have
             in
             a
             readiness
             some
             Spademen
             to
             slight
             such
             of
             the
             Enemies
             works
             as
             your
             Souldiers
             shall
             possess
             themselves
             of
             Also
             you
             must
             have
             a
             care
             to
             appoint
             many
             Souldiers
             for
             the
             throwing
             in
             of
             Hand-Granadoes
             into
             your
             Enemies
             
               Corps
               de
               Guards
               ;
            
             the
             which
             will
             be
             a
             special
             means
             to
             help
             your
             Souldiers
             for
             the
             beating
             your
             Enemy
             out
             of
             their
             
               Corps
               de
               Guards
               .
            
          
           
             If
             your
             Town
             be
             fortified
             with
             a
             dry
             Mote
             ,
             and
             if
             your
             Town
             be
             well
             manned
             ,
             it
             is
             much
             stronger
             then
             a
             wet
             Mote
             :
             And
             as
             soon
             as
             you
             see
             upon
             what
             parts
             of
             the
             Town
             your
             Enemy
             doth
             make
             his
             approaches
             ,
             then
             dig
             a
             Trench
             in
             the
             bottom
             of
             your
             dry
             Mote
             ,
             so
             far
             as
             you
             see
             your
             Enemies
             approaches
             are
             in
             breadth
             against
             your
             Town
             ,
             about
             eight
             or
             ten
             foot
             in
             breadth
             ,
             and
             so
             deep
             ,
             until
             you
             come
             either
             to
             Water
             or
             Rock
             .
             But
             if
             you
             are
             fain
             to
             dig
             deep
             before
             you
             find
             either
             ,
             then
             make
             a
             Gallery
             under
             ground
             under
             the
             bottom
             of
             your
             dry
             Mote
             ,
             so
             far
             as
             your
             Enemies
             approaches
             go
             .
             For
             which
             purpose
             your
             Town
             ought
             to
             be
             furnished
             with
             good
             store
             of
             Timber
             .
             And
             if
             you
             observe
             the
             aforesaid
             directions
             ,
             it
             will
             be
             impossible
             for
             your
             Enemy
             to
             run
             his
             Galleries
             to
             the
             Rampier
             of
             the
             Town
             without
             being
             discovered
             :
             and
             then
             you
             may
             easily
             prevent
             him
             from
             doing
             you
             any
             hurt
             ,
             either
             by
             his
             Galleries
             ,
             or
             his
             Mines
             .
          
           
             If
             your
             Town
             be
             fortified
             with
             a
             wet
             Mote
             ,
             then
             the
             best
             and
             strongest
             Fortifications
             that
             belong
             to
             a
             wet
             Mote
             is
             a
             false
             bray
             of
             some
             twenty
             
             foot
             in
             breadth
             ;
             and
             when
             you
             perceive
             where
             your
             Enemy
             will
             make
             over
             his
             Gallery
             to
             your
             Rampier
             ,
             then
             must
             you
             plant
             two
             of
             the
             best
             pieces
             of
             Cannon
             that
             you
             have
             in
             your
             false
             Bray
             just
             against
             the
             mouth
             of
             your
             Enemies
             Galleries
             ;
             the
             which
             two
             pieces
             must
             be
             sunk
             so
             deep
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             play
             almost
             level
             with
             the
             water
             :
             By
             this
             means
             you
             will
             be
             able
             to
             do
             your
             Enemy
             the
             more
             mischief
             ,
             and
             secure
             your
             Ordnance
             the
             better
             from
             your
             Enemy
             .
             For
             the
             more
             security
             of
             your
             Ordnance
             and
             Cannoneers
             from
             your
             Enemies
             Batteries
             ,
             you
             ought
             to
             raise
             the
             Traverses
             close
             to
             your
             Cannons
             cross
             your
             false
             Bray
             .
          
           
             In
             desending
             the
             Out-works
             of
             a
             Town
             that
             is
             fortified
             with
             a
             wet
             Mote
             ,
             there
             must
             be
             a
             special
             care
             ,
             and
             resolution
             shewed
             :
             For
             the
             Out
             works
             being
             once
             lost
             ,
             you
             can
             Sally
             no
             more
             on
             your
             Enemy
             .
          
           
             I
             will
             conclude
             with
             this
             advice
             to
             all
             Governours
             that
             are
             to
             defend
             a
             besieged
             Town
             ,
             that
             they
             have
             a
             special
             care
             of
             these
             three
             things
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             from
             the
             beginning
             to
             the
             end
             of
             a
             Siege
             ,
             their
             care
             be
             such
             ,
             that
             their
             Garrisons
             spend
             no
             more
             Victuals
             daily
             ,
             than
             necessity
             requireth
             .
             The
             second
             thing
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             do
             not
             vainly
             waste
             their
             Men
             ,
             Ammunition
             ,
             and
             firing
             ,
             but
             that
             they
             do
             so
             order
             the
             expence
             of
             these
             things
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             be
             able
             to
             hold
             out
             with
             their
             Victuals
             :
             For
             many
             Governours
             do
             either
             cowardly
             ,
             or
             ignorantly
             make
             a
             waste
             of
             the
             aforesaid
             things
             ,
             that
             they
             may
             give
             over
             Towns
             the
             sooner
             to
             their
             Enemy
             ,
             and
             that
             ,
             as
             they
             conceive
             
             with
             honour
             enough
             ;
             whereas
             their
             own
             cowardliness
             hath
             brought
             them
             to
             want
             necessaries
             for
             the
             defence
             of
             their
             Towns
             ,
             more
             than
             the
             pressing
             Service
             of
             their
             Enemies
             .
             But
             if
             such
             Governours
             had
             their
             deserts
             ,
             they
             ought
             to
             die
             for
             such
             carelesness
             and
             cowardliness
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             and
             last
             thing
             is
             ,
             that
             they
             carefully
             defend
             their
             Out-works
             ,
             and
             their
             Town
             with
             all
             the
             Skill
             ,
             Judgment
             ,
             and
             Valour
             that
             they
             and
             their
             Garrisons
             can
             afford
             ;
             and
             that
             they
             so
             order
             their
             Sallies
             ,
             and
             the
             cutting
             off
             their
             Out-works
             and
             Towns
             ,
             that
             their
             Garrisons
             and
             Towns
             may
             be
             able
             to
             hold
             out
             so
             long
             as
             the
             Provisions
             of
             the
             Town
             shall
             last
             .
          
           
             One
             thing
             more
             I
             think
             fit
             to
             adde
             in
             this
             place
             ,
             a
             way
             to
             break
             a
             Bome
             ,
             or
             a
             Bridge
             that
             shall
             be
             made
             over
             a
             River
             for
             hindering
             Provisions
             from
             coming
             to
             the
             Town
             that
             is
             besieged
             .
             Take
             a
             great
             Ship
             ,
             and
             let
             it
             be
             made
             with
             Mason-work
             within
             in
             the
             manner
             of
             a
             Vaulted
             Cave
             ,
             and
             upon
             the
             Hatches
             lay
             Mill-stones
             ,
             and
             other
             Stones
             of
             great
             weight
             ,
             and
             within
             lay
             many
             Barrels
             of
             Powder
             in
             the
             Vault
             .
             By
             means
             of
             the
             danger
             you
             will
             hardly
             get
             any
             man
             to
             conduct
             it
             ;
             therefore
             you
             must
             tye
             a
             great
             Beam
             at
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Ship
             to
             make
             it
             keep
             a
             straight
             course
             in
             the
             midst
             of
             the
             Stream
             ;
             and
             when
             you
             have
             a
             fair
             wind
             ,
             lay
             your
             Train
             and
             set
             it
             going
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             Corn
             you
             keep
             in
             store
             for
             your
             Garrison
             be
             now
             and
             then
             dusted
             ,
             it
             will
             keep
             good
             in
             a
             Garner
             seven
             years
             ;
             but
             if
             your
             Corn
             by
             chance
             
             grow
             musty
             ,
             then
             make
             Bisket
             of
             it
             ;
             for
             then
             it
             will
             make
             as
             good
             Bisket
             as
             the
             best
             Corn
             in
             the
             world
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XXV
               .
            
             Some
             Observations
             concerning
             Fortifications
             .
          
           
             TOuching
             the
             Art
             it self
             in
             respect
             of
             the
             matter
             ,
             and
             the
             manner
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             member
             of
             Architecture
             ;
             but
             the
             end
             is
             Military
             :
             For
             to
             fortifie
             is
             nothing
             else
             but
             to
             raise
             Works
             answerable
             to
             necessity
             ,
             and
             the
             occurrences
             of
             War.
             Neither
             is
             it
             the
             end
             of
             Fortification
             to
             make
             a
             place
             impregnable
             ,
             or
             impossible
             to
             be
             taken
             ;
             for
             so
             it
             were
             
               ars
               artium
               .
            
             But
             to
             reduce
             it
             to
             a
             strong
             defence
             :
             concerning
             which
             Art
             ,
             seeing
             there
             are
             so
             many
             Books
             written
             ,
             I
             will
             here
             set
             down
             only
             thus
             much
             in
             brief
             of
             it
             ,
             that
             in
             Fortifications
             you
             must
             observe
             five
             principal
             things
             ,
             namely
             ,
             that
             the
             Line
             of
             Defence
             be
             within
             Musquet-shot
             ;
             that
             the
             flanked
             Angle
             do
             not
             exceed
             ninety
             degrees
             ,
             nor
             be
             less
             than
             sixty
             :
             that
             the
             gorge
             of
             the
             Bulwark
             be
             not
             too
             narrow
             :
             that
             the
             flank
             be
             as
             great
             as
             may
             be
             :
             that
             all
             Out-works
             (
             if
             it
             be
             possible
             )
             must
             be
             commanded
             by
             the
             body
             of
             the
             Fortifications
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XXVI
               .
            
             Some
             Observations
             of
             Mines
             .
          
           
             COncerning
             Mines
             thus
             much
             I
             may
             say
             without
             prejudice
             to
             that
             Art
             ,
             that
             the
             chiefest
             things
             to
             be
             respected
             are
             these
             ;
             first
             the
             true
             distance
             to
             a
             designed
             place
             ;
             which
             is
             best
             gotten
             by
             Instruments
             ,
             and
             help
             of
             Geometry
             ,
             where
             other
             marks
             of
             certainty
             are
             wanting
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             the
             direction
             of
             the
             Mine
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             not
             erre
             in
             your
             course
             ,
             which
             the
             Compass
             affordeth
             .
             Thirdly
             ,
             the
             strengthening
             of
             the
             Mine
             with
             Timber-work
             ,
             if
             need
             requireth
             ;
             and
             stopping
             of
             your
             Mine
             well
             ,
             and
             laying
             your
             Train
             well
             .
             Lastly
             ,
             the
             counter-mining
             ,
             and
             cross
             meeting
             :
             All
             which
             parts
             have
             very
             many
             circumstances
             ,
             and
             require
             a
             larger
             Discourse
             than
             may
             be
             thought
             pertinent
             for
             this
             place
             :
             And
             being
             at
             large
             discoursed
             of
             by
             many
             several
             men
             ,
             I
             will
             omit
             to
             speak
             any
             further
             of
             it
             here
             :
             only
             thus
             much
             more
             ,
             that
             I
             hold
             Mines
             much
             better
             than
             Batteries
             ,
             where
             you
             may
             come
             to
             make
             use
             of
             them
             with
             any
             expedition
             ,
             because
             of
             their
             sudden
             and
             unexpected
             operations
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XXVII
               .
            
             Some
             Observations
             for
             the
             keeping
             of
             Conquered
             Countries
             .
          
           
             A
             Conquerour
             ought
             to
             know
             that
             an
             imperfect
             Victory
             is
             the
             seed
             of
             a
             new
             War.
             If
             thou
             hast
             made
             a
             Conquest
             with
             thy
             Sword
             ,
             think
             not
             to
             maintain
             it
             with
             thy
             Scepter
             ;
             neither
             conceive
             that
             new
             Favours
             can
             cancel
             old
             injuries
             .
             No
             Conquerour
             sitteth
             secure
             upon
             his
             new-gotten
             Throne
             ,
             so
             long
             as
             they
             subsist
             in
             power
             that
             were
             dispossessed
             of
             their
             Possessions
             by
             his
             Conquest
             .
          
           
             If
             thou
             hast
             Conquered
             a
             Land
             ,
             whose
             Laws
             and
             Language
             differ
             not
             from
             thine
             ,
             change
             not
             their
             Laws
             and
             Taxes
             ;
             and
             so
             the
             two
             Kingdoms
             will
             in
             a
             short
             time
             incorporate
             ,
             and
             make
             one
             Body
             .
             But
             if
             the
             Laws
             and
             Language
             differ
             ,
             it
             is
             difficult
             to
             maintain
             thy
             Conquest
             ;
             which
             that
             thou
             mayest
             the
             more
             easily
             do
             ,
             observe
             three
             things
             :
             First
             ,
             to
             live
             there
             in
             person
             (
             or
             rather
             send
             Colonies
             )
             Secondly
             ,
             to
             assist
             the
             weak
             Inhabitants
             ,
             and
             weaken
             the
             mighty
             .
             Thirdly
             ,
             to
             admit
             no
             powerful
             Foreigner
             to
             reside
             there
             .
             Remember
             
               Lewis
            
             the
             XIII
             .
             of
             
               France
               ,
            
             how
             suddenly
             he
             took
             
               Millan
               ,
            
             and
             how
             soon
             he
             lost
             it
             .
          
           
             Here
             you
             must
             note
             ,
             if
             you
             Conquer
             a
             Free
             People
             ,
             to
             assure
             your
             Conquest
             you
             must
             do
             these
             two
             
             things
             ;
             First
             ,
             to
             take
             away
             the
             desire
             of
             Revolting
             from
             those
             whom
             you
             have
             Conquered
             .
             To
             do
             this
             ,
             you
             must
             not
             take
             away
             (
             at
             least
             during
             the
             life
             of
             those
             who
             have
             lived
             so
             )
             their
             hopes
             of
             recovering
             their
             Liberties
             by
             their
             good
             Obedience
             ,
             either
             to
             them
             or
             their
             Children
             :
             And
             therefore
             you
             must
             always
             begin
             by
             a
             fair
             way
             ,
             and
             establish
             a
             condition
             for
             them
             whom
             you
             have
             conquered
             ,
             which
             may
             be
             sure
             both
             for
             their
             Life
             ,
             their
             Wives
             ,
             and
             their
             Goods
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             another
             means
             ,
             whereof
             the
             Antients
             made
             a
             profitable
             use
             ,
             and
             is
             now
             wholly
             left
             ,
             the
             which
             I
             have
             spoken
             of
             before
             ,
             and
             do
             marvellously
             approve
             of
             ,
             which
             is
             to
             establish
             Colonies
             ,
             and
             to
             transport
             the
             people
             from
             one
             Country
             to
             another
             .
             The
             conquered
             people
             will
             have
             much
             the
             better
             of
             it
             by
             their
             change
             ;
             for
             they
             shall
             enjoy
             such
             liberties
             as
             the
             people
             do
             amongst
             whom
             they
             live
             ;
             whereas
             in
             their
             own
             Country
             they
             will
             be
             kept
             so
             much
             under
             ,
             that
             they
             can
             hope
             for
             nothing
             but
             their
             lives
             .
             And
             the
             Conquerour
             by
             this
             means
             will
             be
             much
             the
             more
             assured
             of
             keeping
             the
             people
             in
             Obedience
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XXVIII
               .
            
             Some
             Directions
             for
             the
             Preventing
             of
             Civil
             Wars
             .
          
           
             A
             Kingdom
             ,
             or
             State
             ,
             in
             preventing
             Civil
             War
             ought
             to
             observe
             these
             four
             principal
             things
             .
             The
             first
             is
             ,
             that
             a
             Kingdom
             or
             State
             ought
             to
             have
             Fortresses
             ,
             but
             good
             ones
             ,
             and
             few
             in
             number
             ,
             and
             none
             within
             the
             heart
             of
             the
             Country
             .
             And
             you
             ought
             not
             to
             perpetuate
             any
             Government
             ,
             neither
             to
             Families
             ,
             nor
             yet
             for
             life
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             thing
             is
             (
             if
             it
             be
             possible
             to
             be
             done
             without
             the
             endangering
             of
             a
             Kingdom
             or
             State
             )
             that
             there
             be
             but
             one
             Religion
             in
             a
             Kingdom
             or
             State.
             
          
           
             The
             third
             is
             ;
             that
             Kingdom
             or
             State
             that
             will
             live
             secure
             from
             Civil
             Wars
             must
             be
             provident
             to
             compass
             a
             rich
             publick
             Treasure
             ;
             that
             when
             a
             Kingdom
             or
             State
             come
             to
             be
             over-populous
             ,
             they
             may
             be
             able
             to
             imploy
             their
             people
             in
             Plantations
             ,
             or
             in
             a
             Foreign
             War.
             But
             the
             principal
             and
             able
             remedy
             against
             Civil
             War
             is
             to
             entertain
             a
             Foreign
             War.
             This
             chaseth
             away
             idleness
             ,
             setteth
             all
             on
             work
             ;
             and
             particularly
             this
             giveth
             satisfaction
             to
             ambitious
             and
             stirring
             spirits
             ;
             it
             banisheth
             Luxury
             ,
             maketh
             your
             people
             Warlike
             ,
             and
             maintaineth
             you
             in
             such
             reputation
             amongst
             your
             Neighbours
             ,
             that
             you
             are
             the
             Arbitrator
             of
             all
             their
             Differences
             .
             But
             this
             Maxim
             is
             not
             good
             to
             be
             observed
             except
             by
             such
             Kingdoms
             ,
             and
             States
             that
             are
             able
             to
             go
             
             through
             with
             the
             designs
             they
             undertake
             .
             For
             as
             I
             find
             it
             necessary
             to
             Rich
             and
             Potent
             Kingdoms
             and
             States
             ;
             so
             I
             find
             it
             hurtful
             to
             petty
             Kingdoms
             and
             States
             ;
             because
             being
             too
             weak
             to
             gain
             by
             it
             ,
             they
             will
             in
             the
             end
             but
             lose
             their
             Honours
             ,
             and
             Moneys
             ,
             and
             impoverish
             themselves
             ,
             and
             increase
             their
             Enemies
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             and
             last
             thing
             is
             ,
             whereas
             the
             poorer
             and
             meaner
             people
             ,
             that
             have
             no
             interest
             in
             the
             Common-weal
             ,
             but
             the
             use
             of
             breath
             ,
             these
             are
             always
             dangerous
             to
             the
             peace
             of
             a
             Kingdom
             ,
             and
             having
             nothing
             to
             lose
             ,
             willingly
             embrace
             all
             means
             of
             Innovation
             ,
             in
             hope
             of
             gaining
             something
             by
             other
             mens
             ruine
             :
             there
             are
             these
             three
             means
             left
             for
             a
             State
             to
             ease
             it self
             of
             this
             sort
             of
             people
             ,
             either
             to
             imploy
             them
             abroad
             in
             Plantations
             ,
             or
             in
             a
             War
             ,
             or
             to
             interess
             them
             in
             the
             quiet
             of
             the
             Common-weal
             by
             learning
             them
             such
             Trades
             and
             Occupations
             as
             may
             give
             them
             a
             taste
             of
             the
             sweetness
             of
             peace
             ,
             and
             the
             benefit
             of
             a
             Civil
             life
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             
               CHAP.
               XXIX
               .
            
             Some
             Observations
             shewing
             how
             necessary
             it
             is
             for
             
               England
               ,
            
             or
             any
             other
             State
             ,
             or
             Kingdom
             ,
             providently
             to
             prepare
             a
             Rich
             Publick
             Treasure
             before-hand
             ,
             either
             for
             the
             Defence
             of
             themselves
             ,
             or
             offending
             their
             Enemies
             .
             And
             how
             necessary
             it
             is
             to
             Train
             up
             their
             people
             to
             Martial
             Affairs
             .
          
           
             LET
             us
             first
             consider
             what
             danger
             a
             Country
             ,
             Prince
             ,
             or
             State
             is
             in
             ,
             that
             is
             not
             so
             provident
             to
             provide
             a
             Rich
             Publick
             Treasure
             before-hand
             ,
             either
             for
             a
             Defensive
             War
             ,
             or
             an
             Offensive
             War
             :
             For
             in
             the
             Wars
             you
             must
             upon
             all
             occasions
             ,
             have
             your
             hands
             in
             your
             Purses
             :
             and
             having
             not
             a
             Rich
             Publick
             Treasure
             before-hand
             ,
             no
             Kingdom
             ,
             or
             State
             ,
             is
             able
             to
             make
             an
             Offensive
             War
             ,
             to
             gain
             Countries
             ,
             or
             Honour
             ,
             unless
             they
             be
             drawn
             into
             a
             Country
             by
             a
             Party
             .
             Nor
             is
             such
             a
             Kingdom
             or
             State
             well
             able
             to
             defend
             it self
             in
             a
             Defensive
             War.
             For
             if
             an
             Enemy
             landeth
             in
             a
             Country
             ,
             the
             obedience
             which
             at
             other
             times
             is
             willingly
             given
             to
             Princes
             ,
             or
             States
             ,
             is
             greatly
             weakned
             at
             such
             times
             ,
             and
             all
             necessary
             means
             to
             maintain
             a
             War
             ,
             is
             hardly
             drawn
             from
             the
             Subject
             ;
             and
             the
             common
             people
             will
             be
             easily
             drawn
             to
             change
             Masters
             ,
             when
             their
             oppression
             shall
             be
             more
             frequent
             from
             their
             Friends
             ,
             than
             
             their
             Enemies
             :
             and
             such
             great
             oppressions
             at
             such
             a
             time
             upon
             the
             Commons
             (
             which
             of
             necessity
             there
             must
             be
             ,
             when
             a
             Rich
             Treasure
             is
             not
             providently
             provided
             before-hand
             )
             will
             prove
             very
             dangerous
             to
             any
             Kingdom
             or
             State
             in
             a
             Defensive
             War.
             Therefore
             that
             Kingdom
             or
             State
             that
             will
             live
             securely
             from
             an
             Enemy
             ,
             must
             have
             a
             special
             care
             to
             provide
             a
             Rich
             Publick
             Treasure
             before-hand
             against
             unusual
             ,
             and
             extraordinary
             casualties
             ,
             which
             are
             not
             to
             be
             removed
             but
             by
             speedy
             and
             effectual
             Remedies
             .
             And
             no
             expedition
             can
             be
             made
             to
             avoid
             the
             dangers
             and
             ruine
             of
             a
             Kingdom
             or
             State
             ,
             either
             in
             an
             Offensive
             ,
             or
             a
             Defensive
             War
             ,
             without
             a
             Rich
             Publick
             Treasure
             provided
             before-hand
             .
             And
             it
             is
             an
             easie
             thing
             for
             Governours
             of
             a
             Kingdom
             or
             State
             to
             raise
             a
             Rich
             Publick
             Treasure
             out
             of
             the
             extravagant
             Expences
             of
             the
             people
             ,
             without
             giving
             any
             discontent
             at
             all
             ;
             as
             having
             an
             Excise
             upon
             all
             the
             Beer
             ,
             Ale
             ,
             and
             Wine
             that
             is
             sold
             in
             all
             Ale-houses
             ,
             and
             Taverns
             in
             a
             Kingdom
             or
             State
             ,
             and
             likewise
             upon
             all
             the
             Tobacco
             that
             is
             brought
             into
             a
             Kingdom
             or
             State
             ,
             and
             upon
             all
             kinds
             of
             Laces
             ,
             Cards
             ,
             and
             Dice
             .
          
           
             Now
             to
             conclude
             ,
             and
             speak
             something
             how
             necessary
             it
             is
             for
             a
             Kingdom
             ,
             or
             State
             to
             train
             up
             their
             people
             to
             the
             use
             of
             Arms.
             Such
             Kingdoms
             where
             the
             men
             are
             trained
             up
             in
             Academies
             of
             vertuous
             actuality
             ,
             do
             always
             keep
             their
             Honours
             at
             an
             high
             price
             ,
             affording
             at
             all
             times
             men
             of
             absolute
             and
             compleat
             carriage
             ,
             both
             for
             designment
             and
             performance
             .
             I
             account
             a
             Rich
             Publick
             Treasure
             providently
             provided
             before
             hand
             ,
             and
             a
             people
             well
             
             trained
             in
             Martial
             Affairs
             ,
             to
             be
             two
             of
             the
             only
             Pillars
             (
             next
             under
             God
             )
             that
             will
             preserve
             a
             Kingdom
             or
             State
             from
             ruine
             and
             danger
             .
          
        
         
           
             
               CHAP.
               XXX
               .
            
             That
             Reading
             ,
             and
             Discourse
             are
             requisite
             to
             make
             a
             Souldier
             perfect
             in
             the
             Art
             Military
             ,
             how
             great
             soever
             his
             knowledge
             may
             be
             ,
             which
             long
             Experience
             and
             much
             practice
             of
             Arms
             hath
             gained
             .
          
           
             MEN
             have
             two
             ways
             to
             come
             by
             Wisdom
             ,
             either
             by
             their
             own
             harms
             ,
             or
             other
             mens
             miscasualties
             :
             And
             wise
             men
             are
             wont
             to
             say
             (
             not
             by
             chance
             ,
             nor
             without
             reason
             )
             that
             he
             who
             will
             see
             what
             shall
             be
             ,
             let
             him
             consider
             what
             hath
             been
             :
             For
             all
             things
             in
             the
             world
             at
             all
             times
             have
             their
             very
             counterpane
             with
             the
             times
             of
             old
             .
          
           
             But
             here
             I
             would
             have
             a
             prudent
             Souldier
             note
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             a
             matter
             very
             dangerous
             to
             follow
             wholly
             the
             examples
             of
             another
             ,
             if
             a
             man
             in
             general
             or
             in
             particular
             have
             not
             the
             same
             Reason
             ,
             the
             same
             Wit
             ,
             and
             the
             same
             Fortune
             .
             For
             albeit
             humane
             actions
             seem
             to
             be
             so
             joyned
             and
             coupled
             together
             ,
             that
             that
             which
             now
             is
             present
             and
             hath
             been
             ,
             ought
             to
             be
             again
             :
             yet
             notwithstanding
             the
             accidents
             which
             
             are
             so
             different
             ,
             and
             diverse
             ,
             that
             no
             man
             whosoever
             he
             be
             (
             except
             very
             prudent
             )
             can
             always
             govern
             himself
             in
             matters
             present
             by
             the
             example
             of
             that
             which
             is
             past
             .
          
           
             I
             take
             the
             Office
             of
             a
             Chief
             Commander
             to
             be
             a
             subject
             capable
             of
             the
             greatest
             wisdom
             that
             may
             be
             apprehended
             by
             natural
             means
             ,
             being
             to
             manage
             a
             multitude
             of
             disagreeing
             minds
             ,
             as
             a
             fit
             instrument
             to
             execute
             a
             design
             of
             much
             consequence
             ,
             and
             great
             expectation
             ,
             and
             to
             qualifie
             both
             their
             apprehensions
             and
             affections
             according
             to
             the
             accidents
             which
             rise
             in
             the
             course
             of
             his
             directions
             ;
             besides
             the
             true
             judgment
             which
             he
             ought
             to
             have
             of
             such
             circumstances
             as
             are
             most
             important
             to
             a
             fortunate
             end
             ;
             wherein
             our
             providence
             can
             not
             have
             enough
             either
             from
             learning
             or
             experience
             ,
             to
             prevent
             disadvantages
             ,
             or
             to
             take
             hold
             of
             opportunities
             .
             And
             therefore
             that
             Souldier
             that
             is
             only
             trained
             up
             in
             the
             School
             of
             Practice
             ,
             and
             taught
             his
             Rudiments
             under
             a
             few
             years
             experience
             ,
             which
             serveth
             to
             interpret
             no
             other
             Author
             but
             it self
             ,
             nor
             can
             prove
             his
             Maxims
             but
             by
             his
             own
             Authority
             ;
             my
             opinion
             is
             ,
             his
             meer
             practical
             knowledge
             cannot
             make
             him
             a
             perfect
             Souldier
             ,
             nor
             fit
             to
             be
             a
             General
             .
          
           
             Experience
             joyned
             with
             Reading
             and
             Discourse
             ,
             do
             feast
             the
             mind
             with
             much
             variety
             ,
             and
             choice
             of
             matter
             ,
             or
             entertain
             it
             with
             novelties
             incident
             to
             expeditions
             ,
             and
             use
             of
             Arms.
             And
             therefore
             it
             is
             not
             only
             Experience
             ,
             and
             Practice
             which
             maketh
             a
             Souldier
             worthy
             of
             his
             name
             ;
             but
             the
             knowledge
             of
             the
             manifold
             accidents
             which
             rise
             from
             the
             variety
             of
             humane
             actions
             is
             best
             ,
             and
             most
             speedily
             learned
             
             by
             reading
             History
             :
             For
             upon
             the
             variety
             of
             chances
             that
             you
             shall
             meet
             withal
             in
             History
             ,
             you
             meditate
             on
             the
             effects
             of
             other
             mens
             adventures
             ,
             that
             their
             harms
             may
             be
             your
             warnings
             ,
             and
             their
             happy
             proceedings
             your
             fortunate
             directions
             in
             the
             Art
             Military
             .
             These
             examples
             which
             are
             taken
             from
             History
             ,
             are
             but
             a
             plain
             kind
             of
             principles
             ,
             on
             which
             the
             mind
             worketh
             to
             her
             best
             advantage
             ,
             and
             useth
             reason
             with
             such
             dexterity
             ,
             that
             of
             inequalities
             she
             concludeth
             an
             equality
             ,
             and
             of
             dissimilitudes
             most
             sweet
             resemblances
             ;
             and
             so
             she
             worketh
             her
             own
             perfection
             by
             Discourse
             ,
             and
             in
             time
             groweth
             so
             absolute
             in
             knowledge
             ,
             that
             her
             sufficiency
             needeth
             no
             further
             directions
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             most
             requisite
             likewise
             for
             a
             Commander
             to
             look
             into
             the
             diversity
             of
             orders
             for
             imbattelling
             ,
             and
             to
             weigh
             the
             nature
             thereof
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             with
             knowledge
             apply
             them
             to
             the
             quality
             of
             any
             occasion
             .
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
         
           THE
           CONTENTS
           OF
           THE
           CHAPTERS
           .
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             I.
             
          
           
             SOme
             Observations
             concerning
             a
             Souldiers
             Profession
             and
             his
             Duty
             .
             
               Page
            
             1
          
           
             CHAP.
             II.
             
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             upon
             War
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Profession
             of
             a
             Souldier
             .
             3
          
           
             
             CHAP.
             III.
             
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             of
             an
             Offensive
             War
             ,
             and
             Conquering
             of
             Countries
             .
             4
          
           
             CHAP.
             IV.
             
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             upon
             a
             Defensive
             War.
             8
          
           
             CHAP.
             V.
             
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             for
             those
             that
             undertake
             a
             VVar.
             11
          
           
             CHAP.
             VI.
             
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             ,
             and
             Considerations
             to
             be
             observed
             ,
             and
             thought
             on
             by
             a
             General
             ,
             that
             taketh
             upon
             him
             the
             Command
             of
             an
             Army
             .
             15
          
           
             
             CHAP.
             VII
             .
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             ,
             what
             is
             the
             fittest
             strength
             for
             Armies
             to
             be
             of
             ,
             and
             what
             proportion
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             ,
             Dragooners
             ,
             and
             Pioners
             there
             ought
             to
             be
             in
             an
             Army
             .
             And
             likewise
             shewing
             the
             proportion
             of
             Pikemen
             ,
             and
             Musqueteers
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             Service
             that
             they
             shall
             be
             most
             imployed
             upon
             .
             21
          
           
             CHAP.
             VIII
             .
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             concerning
             the
             Arming
             of
             an
             Army
             ,
             and
             how
             each
             Souldier
             ought
             to
             be
             Armed
             .
             23
             
               
                 An
                 Horsemans
                 Offensive
                 Arms.
                 24
              
               
                 An
                 Horsemans
                 Defensive
                 Arms.
                 
                   ibid.
                   
                
              
               
                 The
                 Furniture
                 that
                 belongeth
                 to
                 an
                 Horsemans
                 Horse
                 .
                 25
              
               
                 
                 The
                 Offensive
                 Arms
                 of
                 a
                 Musqueteer
                 .
                 
                   ib.
                   
                
              
               
                 The
                 Defensive
                 Arms
                 of
                 a
                 Musqueteer
                 is
                 a
                 good
                 Courage
                 .
                 26
              
               
                 The
                 Offensive
                 Arms
                 of
                 a
                 Pikeman
                 .
                 
                   ib.
                   
                
              
               
                 The
                 Defensive
                 Arms
                 of
                 a
                 Pikeman
                 .
                 27
              
               
                 The
                 Offensive
                 Arms
                 of
                 a
                 Dragoon
                 .
                 
                   ib.
                   
                
              
               
                 A
                 Dragoon
                 Horse
                 and
                 Furniture
                 .
                 28
              
            
          
           
             CHAP.
             IX
             .
          
           
             A
             List
             of
             the
             Chief
             Officers
             that
             belong
             to
             an
             Army
             ,
             and
             what
             strength
             each
             Regiment
             ought
             to
             have
             of
             Horse
             ,
             Foot
             ,
             and
             Dragoons
             .
             29
          
           
             
             CHAP.
             X.
             
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             shewing
             how
             necessary
             it
             is
             to
             have
             Souldiers
             well
             Disciplined
             ,
             and
             well
             Exercised
             before
             they
             are
             brought
             to
             Fight
             .
             31
          
           
             CHAP.
             XI
             .
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             concerning
             a
             Train
             of
             Artillery
             ,
             and
             him
             that
             commandeth
             it
             .
             32
          
           
             CHAP.
             XII
             .
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             and
             Preparations
             to
             be
             observed
             by
             a
             General
             in
             Field-Service
             :
             also
             concerning
             Intelligences
             and
             Spies
             .
             35
          
           
             
             CHAP.
             XIII
             .
          
           
             What
             strength
             Divisions
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             be
             from
             four
             thousand
             to
             ten
             thousand
             ,
             when
             they
             are
             to
             March
             in
             an
             Army
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             are
             to
             Fight
             a
             Battel
             ;
             or
             if
             Foot
             be
             to
             Fight
             on
             the
             Flanks
             of
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ,
             or
             when
             they
             come
             to
             be
             Embattelled
             to
             Fight
             on
             the
             Flanks
             of
             an
             Army
             .
             That
             small
             Divisions
             both
             of
             Horse
             and
             Foot
             are
             much
             better
             than
             great
             Divisions
             for
             Service
             either
             in
             Campagnia
             ,
             or
             within
             Enclosures
             ;
             because
             they
             are
             not
             so
             apt
             to
             fall
             into
             Disorder
             ,
             and
             are
             much
             more
             ready
             to
             be
             commanded
             upon
             all
             occasions
             .
             42
          
           
             CHAP.
             XIV
             .
          
           
             VVhat
             Strength
             each
             Division
             of
             Horse
             ought
             to
             be
             from
             three
             thousand
             to
             ten
             thousand
             ,
             to
             fight
             on
             the
             flanks
             of
             a
             Body
             of
             Foot
             in
             a
             day
             of
             Battel
             ,
             if
             you
             will
             have
             no
             Foot
             to
             fight
             amongst
             the
             Horse
             .
             60
          
           
             
             CHAP.
             XV.
             
          
           
             By
             the
             following
             Figures
             are
             declared
             what
             Strength
             each
             Division
             of
             Foot
             ought
             to
             be
             to
             Fight
             a
             Battel
             ,
             and
             Encounter
             with
             Foot
             :
             and
             the
             order
             that
             must
             be
             observed
             for
             doing
             the
             same
             ;
             and
             how
             they
             shall
             easily
             ,
             and
             readily
             be
             in
             order
             to
             defend
             themselves
             against
             the
             charge
             of
             any
             Horse
             .
             66
          
           
             CHAP.
             XVI
             .
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             concerning
             the
             Marching
             of
             an
             Army
             .
             77
          
           
             CHAP.
             XVII
             .
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             for
             the
             Quartering
             of
             an
             Army
             at
             Night
             upon
             a
             March
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             setting
             out
             of
             their
             Guards
             to
             secure
             their
             Quarters
             .
             85
          
           
             
             CHAP.
             XVIII
             .
          
           
             Some
             certain
             Observations
             to
             be
             kept
             in
             the
             fighting
             of
             Battels
             ,
             and
             some
             Directions
             for
             the
             Imbattelling
             of
             an
             Army
             .
             92
          
           
             CHAP.
             XIX
             .
          
           
             Some
             certain
             Observations
             concerning
             the
             Retreat
             of
             an
             Army
             .
             111
          
           
             CHAP.
             XX.
             
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             concerning
             the
             stopping
             of
             an
             Army
             upon
             Passages
             either
             over
             Rivers
             ,
             or
             difficult
             and
             mountainous
             places
             .
             113
          
           
             
             CHAP.
             XXI
             .
          
           
             Some
             certain
             Observations
             touching
             the
             profitableness
             of
             Intrenching
             ,
             and
             some
             Directions
             for
             the
             same
             .
             115
          
           
             CHAP.
             XXII
             .
          
           
             Some
             certain
             Observations
             about
             the
             taking
             of
             Towns
             and
             strong
             Places
             .
             118
          
           
             CHAP.
             XXIII
             .
          
           
             Some
             Directions
             for
             the
             Removing
             of
             an
             Army
             that
             is
             Intrenched
             before
             a
             Town
             .
             128
          
           
             CHAP.
             XXIV
             .
          
           
             Some
             Directions
             and
             Observations
             to
             be
             observed
             and
             followed
             by
             a
             Governour
             of
             a
             Frontier
             Town
             ,
             for
             the
             
             furnishing
             of
             it
             with
             necessary
             Provisions
             against
             a
             Siege
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             defence
             of
             it
             in
             a
             Siege
             .
             130
          
           
             CHAP.
             XXV
             .
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             concerning
             Fortifications
             .
             141
          
           
             CHAP.
             XXVI
             .
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             of
             Mines
             .
             142
          
           
             CHAP.
             XXVII
             .
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             for
             the
             keeping
             of
             Conquered
             Countries
             .
             143
          
           
             
             CHAP.
             XXVIII
             .
          
           
             Some
             Directions
             for
             the
             Preventing
             of
             Civil
             Wars
             .
             145
          
           
             CHAP.
             XXIX
             .
          
           
             Some
             Observations
             shewing
             how
             necessary
             it
             is
             for
             
               England
               ,
            
             or
             any
             other
             State
             ,
             or
             Kingdom
             ,
             providently
             to
             prepare
             a
             Rich
             Publick
             Treasure
             before-hand
             ,
             either
             for
             the
             Defence
             of
             themselves
             ,
             or
             offending
             their
             Enemies
             .
             And
             how
             necessary
             it
             is
             to
             Train
             up
             their
             people
             to
             Martial
             Affairs
             .
             147
          
           
             CHAP.
             XXX
             .
          
           
             That
             Reading
             ,
             and
             Discourse
             are
             requisite
             to
             make
             a
             Souldier
             perfect
             in
             the
             Art
             Military
             ,
             how
             great
             soever
             his
             knowledge
             may
             be
             ,
             which
             long
             Experience
             and
             much
             practice
             of
             Arms
             hath
             gained
             .
             149
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .